EXHIBIT 10.3
  AMENDED AND RESTATED SYSTEM EQUIPMENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 Agreement Effective Date Cricket Vendor
 RECITALS
   ProCo
    Definitions
 Affiliate




---



##### 



Agreement
 Annual Maintenance Fees
 Applicable Laws
 Applicable Permits
 Backwards Compatible Backwards Compatibility Required Equipment Release
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  2




---



##### 



Base Station (BTS)
 Base Station Controller (BSC)
 beta testing
 Business Day
 Capacity and Performance Warranty
 Certificate of Final Acceptance
 Certificate of Substantial Completion
 Change Orders
 Claim
 Claim Notice
 Commercial Launch
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  3




---



##### 



Company Companies
 Company Indemnified Parties
 Competitor
 Cure Period
 Defects and Deficiencies Defects or Deficiencies Defective Deficient
    Discontinued Product Notice
 Discontinued Products
 Documentation
 Dollars U.S. $ $
 EFT
 Equipment
  4




---



##### 



Equipment Update
 Equipment Upgrade
 Exhibits
 Extension Period
 Expansions
 FCC
 FCC License
 FCC Rules
 FCC Warranty
 Final Acceptance
 Fit
 Force Majeure
 Form
 Function
  5




---



##### 



Governmental Entity
 Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date
 Hazardous Materials
 Impairment
 In Revenue Service or In Revenue
 Initial Period
 Initial System
 Integration
 Installation
 Installation and Integration
 Intellectual Property Rights
 Interoperability
 Liquidated Damages
 Losses
  6




---



##### 



Maintenance and Instruction Manuals
 Major Outage
 Market
 Material Adverse Effect
 Net Price
 New Technology
 OEM Equipment
 Operating Manuals
 Optional Software Features
 PCS
 Person
 PMSI
 Previous Agreement
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  7




---



##### 



[***]Credit
 Product Change Notice
 Products
 Proprietary Information
 Punch List provided
 Purchase Order
 Purchaser
 Related Entity
 Release
 RF
 RTM License
 RTU License
 Services
 Site
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  8




---



##### 



Site Installation and Integration Substantial Completion Certificate
 Software
 Software Update
 Source Code
 Spare Parts
 Spare Parts Kit
 Specifications provided
 Subcontractor
 Substantial Completion
 Support Period
 Switch
  9




---



##### 



System
 System Facility
 Taxes
 Term
 Training
 United States
 Vendor
 Vendor Developments
 Warranty
 Warranty Period
  10




---



##### 



Withdraws CDMA
 Work
 Other Definitional Provisions provided that provided further
    11




---



##### 



Scope of Work
 Review of Agreement
 Eligibility under Applicable Laws and Applicable Permits
 Further Assurances
 Liens and Other Encumbrances
   12




---



##### 



provided that
 Duty To Inform Itself Fully; Waiver of Defense
 Joint Ventures and Designated Entities Related Entities
  13




---



##### 



Purchase Orders
     Delivery under the Agreement
 Order Acceptance
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  14




---



##### 



Forecasts
 Inventory Control and Bar-coding
 Purchase Money Security Interest PMSI
 Conveyance of Equipment Convey Conveyance
  Subcontractors
  15




---



##### 



Vendors Liability
 Companys Liability
 No Effect of Inconsistent Terms in Subcontracts
 Assignability of Subcontracts to Cricket
 Removal of Subcontractor or Subcontractors Personnel Request for Removal
  16




---



##### 



Subcontractor Insurance
 Review and Approval not Relief of Vendor Liability
 Vendor Warranties provided that
 Payment of Subcontractors
 Copies
 Benefit of Subcontracts
  17




---



##### 



provided however
  Prices
 [***] [***]Credit
 Taxes Taxes
 Payment
 Initial Systems and New Technology
 Products for Initial Systems and New Technology provided
hereunder
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  18




---



##### 



Expansions
   Subcontracted Services
 Payment of Invoices
 No Payment in Event of Material Breach
 In Revenue Payments
  19




---



##### 



Currency and Place of Payment
  Transportation
 Services
 No Interference
  20




---



##### 



FCC Rules FCC Warranty
    Documentation
  21




---



##### 



Standards for Manuals
     Equipment and Data
 Training Training
 Manuals and Training
  22




---



##### 



Acceptance Procedures With Respect to Initial Systems and New Technology
 Factory Tests.
 Site Installation and Integration Substantial Completion Certificate Site Installation and Integration
Substantial Completion Certificate
 Certificate of Substantial Completion Certificate of Substantial Completion
 Beta Tests.
 Certificate of Final Acceptance Initial Period
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  23




---



##### 



Extension Period
 Acceptance Procedures With Respect to Expansions
 Costs and Expenses
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  24




---



##### 



Change Orders Changes Change Order provided that
 Cancellation
  Notice of Discontinuation Discontinued Product Notice Discontinued Products
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  25




---



##### 



Support Period
  Discontinuation During Warranty Period
 Discontinuation After Warranty Period
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  26




---



##### 



RTU License RTU License
 Companies Obligations
      Backwards Compatibility Software
Backwards Compatibility Warranty
  27




---



##### 



Transfer and Relocation
      28




---



##### 



Termination and Survival
 Access to Source Codes RTM License
  29




---



##### 



Ownership of Intellectual Property
  Software
 Software Releases
  30




---



##### 



Notice
 Installation, Testing and Maintenance
 Software Fixes
 Equipment
 Equipment Updates Equipment Combined Release
  31




---



##### 




   
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  32




---



##### 



Notice
 Installation, Testing and Acceptance
 Equipment Fixes
 Equipment Backwards Compatibility Warranty Equipment Backwards Compatibility Warranty
 Spare Parts Kits
 Notice of Developments
 Vendor Developments Vendor
  33




---



##### 



Developments
 Participation in Testing provided that
 Quarterly Notice .
  Infringement Company Indemnified Parties Intellectual Property Rights Claim Notice
  34




---



##### 



Vendors Obligation to Cure
  35




---



##### 



Exclusions From Vendors Obligations
 Infringement Related To OEM Equipment
  Additional Definitions
 Access Outages (BTS Outages)
  Cell Site
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  36




---



##### 



Company Span of Control
 Core Network
 Core Network Outages
 Impaired Sector-Carrier
 Impairment Time
   Optical Distributed Unit
 Sector
 Sector-Carrier
 Switch Site Network Element
 System Element
 Total Outage means:
 (i) for [***]
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  37




---



##### 



(ii) for [***]
 (iii) for [***]
 (iv) for [***]
 Vendors Span of Control
 Liquidated Damages Liquidated Damages
 Liquidated Damages Relating to Delivery and Commercial Launch
 Liquidated Damages Relating to Delivery
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  38




---



##### 



Liquidated Damages Relating to Commercial Launch LD Commencement Date
   
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  39




---



##### 



Liquidated Damages for Vendor Product Outages
  Network Element
    
    Measurement
    
    Outage Limit[***]
    
    Total Outage
    
    [***]per [***] pair per [***]period[***]
    
    Total Outage
    
    [***] per [***] per [***] period[***]
    
    Total Outage
    
    [***] per [***] per [***] period[***]
    
    Total Outage
    
    [***] per [***] per [***] period[***]
    
    Total Outage
    
    [***] per [***] per [***] period
 Table : Total Outage Criteria
    
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  40




---



##### 



Liquidated Damages for Access Outages (Impaired Sector-Carrier, excluding the outage
caused by Core Network Outages) Extended Access Outage Period
 Impaired Sector-Carriers as a %
    
    Liquidated Damages ($
    
    Maximum Liquidatedof total Sector Carriers per
    
    per Minute of
    
    Damages per Month forMarket During Month
    
    Impairment Time)
    
    Such ImpairmentLess than 5%
    
    [***]
    
    [***]At least 5% but less than 15%
    
    [***]
    
    [***]At least 15% but less than 25%
    
    [***]
    
    [***]At least 25% but less than 50%
    
    [***]
    
    [***]More than 50%
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
  
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  41




---



##### 



System Capacity and Performance Warranty Capacity and Performance Warranty Cure Period
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  42




---



##### 



Refund of Products s
 Vendor Withdrawal 
 Limitations.
  
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  43




---



##### 



Excusable Delay Force Majeure
 Notification
  Products and Services Warranty Products and Services Warranty
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  44




---



##### 



Return of Products
  Warranty Claim Procedures
  Technical Assistance
 Scope of Warranties
    45




---



##### 



e.g.
   Third Party Warranties
 Additional Sites
 EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES
    46




---



##### 



Indemnity
 (a)
    
    failure by the Person against whom indemnification is
asserted to observe or perform any duties or obligations to Subcontractors or
any third parties within the reasonable contemplation of this Agreement;(b)
    
    the death or bodily injury of any agent, employee, customer,
business invitee or any other person caused by the negligence, willful
misconduct or strict liability of the Person against whom indemnification is
asserted, its subcontractors or its or their respective employees,
contractors, agents or representatives; provided that, no Company shall have
any liability for any act or omission of Vendor or any Subcontractor, and
Vendor shall have no liability for any act or omission of any Company;(c)
    
    the damage, loss or destruction of any real or tangible
personal property caused by the negligence, willful misconduct or strict
liability of the Person against whom indemnification is asserted, its
subcontractors or its or their respective employees, contractors, agents or
representatives; provided that, no Company shall have any liability for any
act or omission of Vendor or any Subcontractor, and Vendor shall have no
liability for any act or omission of any Company;(d)
    
    any claim, demand, charge, action, cause of action or other
proceeding asserted against the Person seeking indemnification but arising out
of or resulting from an act or omission of the Person against whom
indemnification is asserted, its subcontractors or its or their respective
employees, contractors, agents or
representatives in its or their respective capacities as an employer;
provided that, no Company shall have any liability for any act or omission
of Vendor or any Subcontractor, and Vendor shall have no liability for any
act or omission of any Company; and(e)
    
    any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty
made by the Person against whom indemnification is asserted in or pursuant to
this Agreement and any breach of any covenant or
  47




---



##### 



agreement made by the Person
against whom indemnification is asserted in or pursuant to this Agreement.
 Claim for Losses
 Limitation of Liability
  48




---



##### 



Representations and Warranties of Cricket
 Due Organization
 Due Authorization; Binding Obligation
 Non-Contravention
 Representations and Warranties of Vendor
 Due Organization
  49




---



##### 



Due Authorization; Binding Obligation
 Non-Contravention
 Regulatory Approvals
 Non-Infringement
 Requisite Knowledge
 Financial Capacity
  50




---



##### 



Dispute Resolution
 Tolling
  Termination by Cricket
  51




---



##### 



Vendor Events of Default Vendor
Event of Default
  Material Adverse Effect
        52




---



##### 



Remedies
    Discontinuance of Work
 Payments provided that
 Continuing Obligations
  53




---



##### 



Vendors Right to Terminate
  provided that
     54




---



##### 



Amendments
 Company Liabilities
 Offset
 Assignment
 Notices
  
 
  55




---



##### 



Governing Law
 Remedies
 Consent to Jurisdiction
  56




---



##### 



Compliance with Law
 Headings
 Severability
 Waiver
 Public Statements and Advertising
  57




---



##### 



Records and Communications
 Ownership of Specifications
 Financing Requirements
 Cricket Review, Comment and Approval
  58




---



##### 



Confidentiality Proprietary
Information
 (i)
    
    is published or is otherwise in the public domain through no
fault of the receiving Person at the time of any claimed disclosure or
unauthorized use by the receiving Person;
  59




---



##### 



(ii)
    
    prior to disclosure pursuant to this Agreement is properly
within the possession of the receiving Person as evidenced by reasonable
documentation to the extent applicable;(iii)
    
    subsequent to disclosure pursuant to this Agreement is
lawfully received from a third party having rights in the information without
restriction of the third partys right to disseminate the information and
without notice of any restriction against its further disclosure;(iv)
    
    is independently developed by the receiving Person or is
otherwise received through parties who have not had, either directly or
indirectly, access to or knowledge of such Proprietary Information;(v)
    
    is transmitted to the receiving Person after the disclosing
Person has received written notice from the receiving Person after termination
or expiration of this Agreement that it does not desire to receive further
Proprietary Information;(vi)
    
    is obligated to be produced under order of a court of
competent jurisdiction or other similar requirement of a Governmental Entity,
so long as the Person required to disclose the information provides the other
Person with prior notice of such order or requirement and its cooperation to
the extent reasonable in preserving its confidentiality; or(vii)
    
    the disclosing Person agrees in writing is free of such
restrictions.
     60




---



##### 



Entirety of Agreement; No Oral Change
 Relationship of the Parties
 Discretion
 Non-Recourse Operative
 Improvements, Inventions and Innovations
  61




---



##### 



Joint
Information
 Attachments and Incorporations
 Conflicts
 References to Certain Sources provided that
 Counterparts
 Cooperation
  62




---



##### 



Survival
  63




---



##### 



VENDOR:FUTUREWEI TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,a Texas corporationBy:
    
    /s/ Hu Hou KunName: Hu Hou KunTitle: PresidentCRICKET:CRICKET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.,a Delaware corporationBy:
    
    /s/ Glenn UmetsuName: Glenn UmetsuTitle: EVP & CTO
  64




---



##### 



Exhibit A
 SCOPE OF WORK
 
  1 OF 26 PAGES




---



##### 



Table of Content
 I. SCOPE OF WORK
    
    
    3II. INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING
    
    
    5III. ACCEPTANCE TESTING AND HANDOVER
    
    
    8IV. APPENDIX A
    
    
    10-22V. APPENDIX B
    
    
    23-26VI. APPENDIX C
    
    
    26VII. APPENDIX D
    
    
    26VIII. APPENDIX E
    
    
    27VIII. APPENDIX F
    
    
    27
  2 OF 26 PAGES




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
 I. SCOPE OF WORK
 1.
    
    PURPOSE
   
    
    Vendor shall design, engineer, and supply all specified tasks to meet the requirements as
stipulated in the contract.
    
    Both Owner and Vendor have the right to request written clarification on the SOW and such
requests must be in writing with one calendar week response time from date of receipt.
 2.
    
    SCOPE
   2.1 Engineering Services
    3 OF 26 PAGES




---



##### 




    
    Drawings for cabinet installation locations or placements
    
    Lists of cabinets types and interfaces to include connectors
    
    Cable lengths and specifications
    
    Grounding requirements
    
    Earthquake bracing
    
    Earthquake cable requirements (if required)
 2.2
    
    Installation and Delivery Services
  
    
    Vendor will provide Equipment and will also be responsible for delivery of all Products
to Purchasers initial specified location, Purchaser shall provide detailed location
address to Vendor before shipment, the Equipment shall be distributed to such Purchasers
initial location at Vendors cost; if such initial specified location is Purchasers
designed warehouse, Purchaser will be responsible for the delivery from warehouse to
installation site; if such initial specified location is the final installation Site, site
must be ready to receive the Equipment within 30 days after such Equipment arrive at
Vendors warehouse, if the Site can not be ready within 30 days, those Equipment will be
delivered to Purchasers designated warehouse at vendors cost, the corresponding cost and
expense for the transportation from Purchasers warehouse to the specified location for
such delivery shall be born by Purchaser.
    
    Vendor will provide all materials for the installation of Vendor supplied Equipment
unless otherwise specified in the attached responsibility matrix.
    
    Vendor will perform work in accordance with applicable government and industry safety
codes.
    
    Vendor and its Subcontractors will maintain the immediate work area in a clean and safe
manner. The immediate work area shall be kept free of all loose materials such as cartons,
tie-wraps, etc. and cleaned at the end of each work day and all Equipment shall be
vacuum-dusted; floors cleaned and extraneous or excess items removed following each
installation.
  4 OF 26 PAGES




---



##### 




    
    Damaged or faulty Equipment, Spare Parts, and replacement parts are the responsibility
of Vendor during the installation and delivery period.
    
    Vendor will provide Spare Parts on Sites for all non-redundant System Cards during the
installation and delivery period.
    
    Third-party deliverables are the responsibility of Vendor.
    
    Vendor shall obtain approval from Owner in the form of a MOP (method of procedure)
before removing or returning to service any System Element in a live System or making any
changes to Software parameters or System data in a live system.
  
    
    Owner will be billed at cost for any special heavy Equipment requirements (i.e. cranes)
to locate Equipment to Sites.
    
    Any variations from the standards/plans used for installation of Equipment shall require
prior written approval by Owner.
    
    Owner will provide such approval on a timely basis, not to exceed twentyfour (24) hours
for any variations in approved plans and use of special heavy Equipment.
    
    Owner will provide the locations and addresses for all Sites
    
    Owner will provide access to all Sites as required. Delays due to the inability of
Vendor to gain Site access due solely to Owners fault will be the responsibility of Owner.
    
    All documentation under Owner control that is deemed necessary by Vendor to meet
deliverables must be made available to the Vendor Project Manager and ensure the correct
document deliver to the Vendor( e.g. CDC)
    
    Owner will provide good preparation to all Sites as schedule required. Delays due to the
inability of Vendor to gain good site preparation due solely to Owners fault will be the
responsibility of Owner.
 II. INSTALLATION AND INTEGRATION
   5 OF 26 PAGES




---



##### 



1.
    
    Installation Planning
  2.
    
    Equipment Installation
 Installation Manual
   3.
    
    Equipment Test
  4.
    
    Software Commissioning
     6 OF 26 PAGES




---



##### 



5.
    
    System Integration
  6.
    
    Shakedown Testing
   1.
    
    RF Design & Optimization
    
    
    Link Budget Analysis
    
    CW Testing
    
    Model Tuning
    
    Site plan
    
    PN plan
    
    Neighbor list
    
    Site Parameter plan (i.e. Datafill)
    
    Coverage plots
    
    Traffic plan
    
    CDMA analysis
    
    Interference Analysis
    
    conduct the 911 test call during the shakedown testing or other determined time.
   7 OF 26 PAGES




---



##### 



2.
    
    General RF Engineering Requirements
  
    
    3. Owner should provide all requirement specification for the installation,Any
variations from the standards/plans used for installation of Equipment shall require prior
written approval by Vendor.
 III. FINAL TURN UP AND ACCEPTANCE
    1. Turn up Criteria
   8 OF 26 PAGES




---



##### 



2. Project Reporting and Reviews
  3. Quality Assessment and Inspection
  4. Owner Responsibilities
 
    
    Owner will make maintenance personnel available on Site as required to resolve any
problems during installation and commissioning.
    
    Vendor and Owner will jointly determine engineering documentation changes as required
and sign off on any corresponding design changes.
    
    All Site locations shall be a safe working environment for all personnel
    
    Provide all DC and AC power requirements.
    
    T1 facilities and transmission plan shall be provided for all Sites.
  9 OF 26 PAGES




---



##### 




    
    T1 transmission shall be error free for all phases of work and operations.
    
    Adequate grounding shall be provided as defined in Exhibit L.
    
    All antennas and feeders shall be in working order as specified in Appendix E.
    
    The Network Planning and Optimization performing.
    
    Ensure placement of Vendor supplied Plenum at each Site prior to installation.

(Reference Appendix D.)
    
    24 hour security and access must be provided to Vendor and all approved Subcontractors.
Any restrictions need to be defined and agreed upon before any work proceeds.
 5. Vendor Responsibilities
 
    
    Vendor personnel and Subcontractors shall follow all agreed upon methods of procedure
throughout project implementation.
    
    Required insurance coverage will be provided.
    
    Provide tools for equipment installation, exclude the RF Tools.
 Appendix A
 Division of Responsibility Matrix
 Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER1
    
    
    Site Survey1.1
    
    
    Identify Test Facility, MSC & Gateway MSC Sites, Site address, longitude
/ latitude coordinates.
    
    
    
    Y1.2
    
    
    Test Facility, MSC and Gateway MSC Site requirements and evaluation of
proposed Sites
    
    Y1.3
    
    
    Site Compliance with Government Regulation/Approval
    
    
    
    Y1.4
    
    
    Provide existing Site drawings in electronic format.
    
    
    
    Y1.5
    
    
    Provide access to Sites as required
    
    
    
    Y1.6
    
    
    Perform Site survey and prepare Site survey reports/drawings( Switch
room only)
    
    Y
    
    Y1.7
    
    
    Define technical System requirements for Sites
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER1.8
    
    
    Provide Site Specification requirements for size, floor loading,
raised-floor needs, floor material, physical & operational enclosure
requirements, cooling, air-conditioning, grounding & utility/emergency
power needs
    
    Y1.9
    
    
    Provide Equipment layout plan for Vendor offered Equipment including
cabling, racks, grounding and termination(Switch room only)
    
    Y1.10
    
    
    Provide Equipment loading requirements
    
    Y1.11
    
    
    Floor Loading assessment
    
    
    
    Y1.12
    
    
    Approve completed Equipment layout plan.
    
    
    
    Y2
    
    
    SITE ENGINEERING2.1
    
    
    Define technical System requirements for Sites
    
    Y2.2
    
    
    Design Vendor Equipment components and rack layout
    
    Y2.3
    
    
    Specify power and cabling requirements for Vendor Equipment
    
    Y2.4
    
    
    Design System Element terminations
    
    Y2.5
    
    
    Verify and finalize the engineered Site design
    
    Y2.6
    
    
    Approve engineered Site design and variance (if any)
    
    
    
    Y2.7
    
    
    Preparation of Owner ODF / DDF with sufficient available ports.
    
    
    
    Y3
    
    
    SITE PREPARATION & CONSTRUCTION3.1
    
    
    Site preparation/construction of Equipment room as per the engineering
requirements as schedule required. Note: Prior to commencement of any
installation by Owner or its designated subcontractors, the Site shall
be suitably prepared to allow works to progress in a controlled, safe
and secure manner.
    
    
    
    Y3.2
    
    
    Install raised Floor (if required) as per specification
    
    
    
    Y3.3
    
    
    Install false ceiling (if required)
    
    
    
    Y3.4
    
    
    Supply and install grounding from Grounding Rod to the distributed Main
Ground Window/Bar
    
    
    
    Y3.5
    
    
    Install grounding from Owner distributed Main Ground Window/Bar to
Vendor supplied Equipment
    
    Y
    
    Y3.6
    
    
    Provide DC battery backup for Vendor supplied Equipment.(BTS Only)
    
    Y3.7
    
    
    Provide Commercial AC and install AC Power panel within Vendor supplied
Equipment locations
    
    
    
    Y3.8
    
    
    Provide DC Power for all DC-based Vendor supplied Equipment
    
    
    
    Y3.9
    
    
    Provide Uninterrupted Power System (UPS) for AC-based Vendor supplied
Equipment.
    
    
    
    Y3.10
    
    
    Cable and connections from AC Power Panel to Vendor Equipment
    
    
    
    Y3.11
    
    
    Install cable rack/ladder for Vendor Power and Feeder Cables
    
    
    
    Y3.12
    
    
    Assemble and install fiber protection duct work to Vendor Equipment
location.
    
    
    
    Y3.13
    
    
    Open and close existing cable holes and slots and provide new cable
holes (if necessary)
    
    
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER3.14
    
    
    Install air conditioning
    
    
    
    Y3.15
    
    
    Site Physical Security (fence, security guards, etc.)
    
    
    
    Y3.16
    
    
    Supply basic facilities e.g. lights, power, water, sanitary, telephone
connection in Sites.
    
    
    
    Y3.17
    
    
    Provide all environmental alarms, sensors and alarm connecting
points(Switch site)
    
    
    
    Y3.18
    
    
    Connect alarms to Vendor alarm panel (Switch Site)
    
    Y3.18
    
    
    Provide and install DSX/NIU Equipment in the transmission room for T1/T3
interconnection
    
    
    
    Y3.19
    
    
    Note: All necessary power supply and grounding provisions for the
Equipment shall be fully commissioned and operational. Such provisions
may include distribution networks and appropriate protection devices
(fuses, breakers, surge/lightning protection, etc. All signal and
circuit protective earthing and lightning protection shall be installed
and available. All necessary containment for cable and fiber (cable
ladder, cable tray, trunking, baskets, fiber guides, conduits, etc.)
shall be installed as required. All necessary cable penetrations through
walls, soffits, risers, etc. shall be formed. In addition, all cut-outs
and trims required in floor tiles shall be complete. Review and approval
prior to installation. This includes any associated civil / structural
works as needed to accommodate the Equipment on Site.
    
    
    
    Y4
    
    
    STAGING4.1
    
    
    Secure suitable staging location in market area
    
    Y4.2
    
    
    Store Equipment in staging warehouse for maximum 30days
    
    Y
    
    Y5
    
    
    PERMITS & LICENSING5.1
    
    
    Determine Transmission requirements & the frequency band permits from
regulatory agency
    
    
    
    Y5.2
    
    
    Obtain Import License or permits
    
    Y5.3
    
    
    Obtain US Export Control Approvals
    
    Y5.4
    
    
    Obtain all frequency and operating permits and clearances from
regulatory approvals (all operating areas)
    
    
    
    Y5.5
    
    
    Obtain all government permits and clearances
    
    
    
    Y5.6
    
    
    Approved Frequency Plan and license
    
    
    
    Y5.7
    
    
    Obtain required Spectrum approvals
    
    
    
    Y5.8
    
    
    Spectrum Clearance
    
    
    
    Y5.9
    
    
    Spectrum availability
    
    
    
    Y5.10
    
    
    Obtain all licenses for testing the System before launch
    
    
    
    Y5.11
    
    
    Obtain clearance for PSTN interconnect
    
    
    
    Y5.12
    
    
    Obtain all environmental permits and clearances
    
    
    
    Y5.13
    
    
    Obtain aviation/height permits and clearance for tower heights
    
    
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER5.14
    
    
    Compliance with local Labor Safety and Health law and its regulated
regulations
    
    Y5.15
    
    
    Vendor Equipment compliance with US requirements.
    
    Y6
    
    
    NETWORK PLANNING6.1
    
    
    Identify Network Planning requirements including Access and Backhaul
network, Data network and OMP network and design
    
    
    
    Y6.2
    
    
    Provide complete detailed documentation on any of Owners existing
services/infrastructure that may impact/involve the current deployment.
    
    
    
    Y6.3
    
    
    Provide skilled engineers familiar in Owners current and proposed
System infrastructure to assist with technical queries and questions
relevant to the project.
    
    
    
    Y6.4
    
    
    Provide information on the forecast demand for services
    
    
    
    Y6.5
    
    
    Define proposed service offerings
    
    
    
    Y6.6
    
    
    Capacity planning and growth forecast for inputs into System and element
sizing
    
    
    
    Y6.7
    
    
    Detailed requirements and services definition
    
    
    
    Y6.8
    
    
    Provide design guidelines for the System
    
    
    
    Y6.9
    
    
    Provide Network Configuration
    
    
    
    Y6.10
    
    
    Develop/Provide interface to ALL support systems (Billing Management
System, SMS, Provisioning, etc.)
    
    Y
    
    Y6.11
    
    
    Provide information on System security policy6.12
    
    
    Design of security policy on supplied firewalls
    
    
    
    Y6.13
    
    
    Provide IP VPN and ATM/FR network designs where applicable
    
    
    
    Y6.14
    
    
    Provide design of System management and support system
    
    
    
    Y6.15
    
    
    Provide IP addressing block and its design
    
    
    
    Y6.16
    
    
    IP design and addressing plan
    
    
    
    Y6.17
    
    
    ATM Addressing Plan, if any
    
    
    
    Y6.18
    
    
    Design of System Elements naming conventions
    
    
    
    Y6.19
    
    
    Third Party Interconnect agreements and support systems.
    
    
    
    Y6.20
    
    
    IP routing policy study (based on Interconnect agreement)
    
    
    
    Y6.21
    
    
    Provide IP routing design
    
    
    
    Y6.22
    
    
    Approval of Network Planning
    
    
    
    Y6.23
    
    
    Provide Network Planning documentation
    
    
    
    Y6.24
    
    
    Conduct engineering review
    
    
    
    Y6.25
    
    
    Provide the necessary capacities per Owners Network Planning
    
    
    
    Y7
    
    
    RF PLANNING AND DESIGN7.1
    
    
    Define Site location-coordinates, ground level (meters at level),
building/poles and guides height.
    
    
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER7.2
    
    
    Antenna specifications including: type, height (meters above ground
level), direction, sectorization and electrical tilt
    
    
    
    Y7.3
    
    
    Specify the signal requirements for coverage
    
    
    
    Y7.4
    
    
    Forecast traffic demand and location for service
    
    
    
    Y7.5
    
    
    Define coverage objectives
    
    
    
    Y7.6
    
    
    Specify the signal requirements for coverage (indoor and outdoor)
    
    
    
    Y7.7
    
    
    Preliminary and Final RF design
    
    
    
    Y7.8
    
    
    Provide the RF Network Planning reports which includes the base station
drawing and Site configuration
    
    
    
    Y7.9
    
    
    Provide the preliminary design and final network planning
    
    
    
    Y7.10
    
    
    Prepare the RF system parameter datafill
    
    
    
    Y7.11
    
    
    Submit RF design & coverage plots
    
    
    
    Y7.12
    
    
    Specify transmitter Output power
    
    
    
    Y7.13
    
    
    Generate the traffic data
    
    
    
    Y7.14
    
    
    Plotting of composite coverage
    
    
    
    Y7.15
    
    
    Bandwidth filters if necessary
    
    
    
    Y7.16
    
    
    Antenna system sweep test
    
    
    
    Y8
    
    
    Preparation Activities8.1
    
    
    All Site acquisition / lease / Site construction required for Equipment
installation.
    
    
    
    Y8.2
    
    
    Obtain carrier license and establish relations with other carriers for
sharing facilities including negotiation
    
    
    
    Y9.1.0
    
    
    Equipment Supply9.1.1
    
    
    Agree on Bill Of Quantity (BOQ)
    
    
    
    Y9.1.2
    
    
    Raise Purchase Order
    
    
    
    Y9.1.3
    
    
    NSS, BSC/PCF, BTS, battery Equipment(BTS)
    
    Y9.1.4
    
    
    DC power distribution cabinet
    
    
    
    Y9.1.5
    
    
    DC power Equipment
    
    
    
    Y9.1.6
    
    
    AC distribution plate
    
    
    
    Y9.1.7
    
    
    Generator
    
    
    
    Y9.1.8
    
    
    DSX
    
    
    
    Y9.1.9
    
    
    Air conditioner
    
    
    
    Y9.1.10
    
    
    Raised floor (or Cable tray)
    
    
    
    Y9.1.11
    
    
    Grounding plate
    
    
    
    Y9.1.12
    
    
    Desks for the OMC
    
    
    
    Y9.1.13
    
    
    Feeder window
    
    
    
    Y9.1.14
    
    
    Battery(Switch room)
    
    
    
    Y9.1.15
    
    
    Inverter (or UPS)
    
    
    
    Y9.1.16
    
    
    GPS antenna System
    
    Y9.2.0
    
    
    Digital Trunk Cables & Optical Cable9.2.1
    
    
    T1/T3 digital trunk cables between the BSC Equipment and the DSX.
    
    Y9.2.2
    
    
    Connectors on the side of BSC Equipment
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER9.2.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the DSX panel
    
    
    
    Y9.2.4
    
    
    100 Ohm digital trunk cables between the DSX and transmission Equipment
    
    
    
    Y9.2.5
    
    
    Connectors on side of transmission Equipment
    
    
    
    Y9.2.6
    
    
    Internal cables and connectors between the BSC Equipment and the NSS
Equipment
    
    Y9.3.0
    
    
    Power Cable9.3.1
    
    
    DC power cable between the DC power Equipment and DC power distribution
cabinet
    
    
    
    Y9.3.2
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the DC power Equipment
    
    
    
    Y9.3.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the DC power distribution cabinet
    
    
    
    Y9.3.4
    
    
    AC power cable between the AC distribution plate and the DC power
Equipment
    
    
    
    Y9.3.5
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the AC distribution plate
    
    
    
    Y9.3.6
    
    
    DC power cable between the DC distribution cabinet and BSC/MSC Equipment
    
    Y9.3.7
    
    
    AC surge protector
    
    
    
    Y9.4.0
    
    
    Protective Grounding Cable9.4.1
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the DC power Equipment and the
grounding plate
    
    
    
    Y9.4.2
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the grounding plate
    
    
    
    Y9.4.3
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the DC power distribution cabinet and
the grounding plate
    
    
    
    Y9.4.4
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the DSX and the grounding plate
    
    
    
    Y9.4.5
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the BSC/MSC Equipment and the
grounding plate
    
    Y9.5.0
    
    
    OMC Cables
    
    Y9.6.0
    
    
    Air Conditioner
    
    
    
    Y10.1.0
    
    
    Installation Materials10.1.1
    
    
    BTS/Outdoor Battery Equipment
    
    Y10.1.2
    
    
    BTS/Outdoor Battery cabinet Cement platform
    
    
    
    Y10.1.3
    
    
    AC distribution plate
    
    
    
    Y10.1.4
    
    
    Antenna
    
    
    
    Y10.1.5
    
    
    Tower
    
    
    
    Y10.1.6
    
    
    Grounding plate (outdoor))
    
    
    
    Y10.1.7
    
    
    Generator
    
    
    
    Y10.1.8
    
    
    Transmission Equipment
    
    
    
    Y10.1.9
    
    
    GPS antenna System
    
    Y10.2.0
    
    
    Digital Trunk Cables10.2.1
    
    
    T1/T3 digital trunk cables between the BTS Equipment and Transmission
Equipment.
    
    Y10.2.2
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the BTS Equipment
    
    Y10.2.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the Transmission Equipment
    
    
    
    Y10.3.0
    
    
    Power Cable10.3.1
    
    
    AC power cable between the AC distribution plate and the outdoor BTS
Equipment
    
    
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER10.3.2
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the AC distribution plate
    
    
    
    Y10.3.3
    
    
    DC power cable between BTS and Outdoor Battery cabinet
    
    Y10.3.4
    
    
    Connector on the both side of the BTS and Outdoor Battery cabinet
    
    Y10.3.5
    
    
    AC surge protector
    
    
    
    Y10.4.0
    
    
    Protective Grounding Cable10.4.1
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the feeder and the grounding plate
(outdoor))
    
    
    
    Y10.4.2
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the BTS Equipment and the grounding
plate (outdoor))
    
    Y10.4.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the BTS/Outdoor Battery Equipment
    
    Y10.4.4
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the grounding plate (outdoor))
    
    
    
    Y10.5.0
    
    
    Feeder10.5.1
    
    
    Feeder between the BTS Equipment and the antenna
    
    
    
    Y10.5.2
    
    
    Jumper between coax and antenna w/connectors
    
    
    
    Y10.5.3
    
    
    Jumper between coax and BTS w/connectors
    
    Y10.6.0
    
    
    Tower10.6.1
    
    
    Feeder ladder
    
    
    
    Y10.6.2
    
    
    Antenna support
    
    
    
    Y10.6.3
    
    
    Lightning rod
    
    
    
    Y10.7.0
    
    
    Cable Tray10.7.1
    
    
    Outdoor cable tray
    
    
    
    Y11.0.0
    
    
    SHIPMENT AND IMPORTATION11.1.1
    
    
    Delivery of Equipment and Software of all System Elements/Equipment
required to provide the functionality specified
    
    Y11.1.2
    
    
    Delivery of Tools/Test Equipment and Documentation
    
    Y11.1.3
    
    
    Insurance
    
    Y11.1.4
    
    
    Determine Equipment requirements for each Site and provide Equipment
List to Owner
    
    Y11.1.5
    
    
    Ship contracted Equipment and Software
    
    Y11.1.6
    
    
    Ship installation tools and test Equipment
    
    Y11.1.7
    
    
    Ship to warehouse in designated market (Pay freight charges and
Insurance coverage)
    
    Y11.1.8
    
    
    Clear Equipment from customs and pay custom duties and handling charges
    
    Y11.1.9
    
    
    Deliver Vendor material to Owner Specified sites
    
    Y11.1.10
    
    
    Obtain special installation permits e.g. crane, street blocking etc.
    
    
    
    Y11.1.11
    
    
    Pay for required hoisting of Equipment to Sites, if required
    
    
    
    Y11.1.12
    
    
    Handle miss-shipments, faulty Equipment and shortages
    
    Y12.0.0
    
    
    Site Engineering12.1.1
    
    
    Define technical System requirements for Sites
    
    Y12.1.2
    
    
    Design Equipment components and rack layout
    
    Y12.1.3
    
    
    Specify power and cabling requirements for Equipment
    
    Y12.1.4
    
    
    Design Equipment terminations
    
    Y12.1.5
    
    
    Verify and finalize the engineered Site design(Switch room only)
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER12.1.6
    
    
    Approve engineered Site design and variance (if any)
    
    
    
    Y12.1.7
    
    
    Assign places to fix the BTS/outdoor battery Equipment racks
    
    
    
    Y12.1.8
    
    
    BTS/outdoor Battery Equipment racks
    
    Y12.1.9
    
    
    AC / DC distribution plate
    
    
    
    Y12.1.10
    
    
    Antennas
    
    
    
    Y12.1.11
    
    
    Tower
    
    
    
    Y12.1.12
    
    
    Grounding plate (outdoor)
    
    
    
    Y12.1.13
    
    
    Generator
    
    
    
    Y12.1.14
    
    
    Transmission Equipment
    
    
    
    Y12.1.15
    
    
    GPS antenna System
    
    Y12.2
    
    
    Digital Trunk Cables12.2.1
    
    
    T1/T3 digital trunk cables between the BTS Equipment and Transmission
Equipment.
    
    Y12.2.2
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the BTS Equipment
    
    Y12.2.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the Transmission Equipment
    
    
    
    Y12.2.4
    
    
    Optical fibers between the ODU3601CE and the ODF transmission Equipment
    
    Y12.3
    
    
    Power Cable12.3.1
    
    
    AC power cable between the AC distribution plate and the outdoor BTS
Equipment
    
    
    
    Y12.3.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the AC distribution plate
    
    
    
    Y12.3.5
    
    
    DC power cable between BTS and Outdoor Battery cabinet
    
    Y12.3.7
    
    
    Connector on the both side of the BTS and Outdoor Battery cabinet
    
    Y12.3.9
    
    
    AC surge protector
    
    
    
    Y12.3.`10
    
    
    DC power cable between the DC distribution and the ODU3601CE
    
    Y12.3.11
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the DC distribution plate
    
    
    
    Y12.4
    
    
    Protective Grounding Cable12.4.1
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the feeder and the grounding plate
(outdoor)
    
    
    
    Y12.4.2
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between BTS Equipment and the grounding plate
(outdoor)
    
    Y12.4.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the BTS/outdoor battery Equipment
    
    Y12.4.4
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the grounding plate (outdoor)
    
    
    
    Y12.5
    
    
    Feeder12.5.1
    
    
    Feeder between the BTS Equipment and the antenna
    
    
    
    Y12.5.2
    
    
    Jumper between coax and antenna w/connectors
    
    
    
    Y12.5.3
    
    
    Jumper between coax and BTS w/connectors
    
    Y12.6
    
    
    Tower12.6.1
    
    
    Feeder ladder
    
    
    
    Y12.6.2
    
    
    Antenna support
    
    
    
    Y12.6.3
    
    
    Lightning rod
    
    
    
    Y12.7
    
    
    Cable Tray12.7.1
    
    
    Outdoor cable tray
    
    
    
    Y12.8
    
    
    Connector




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER12.8.1
    
    
    Connectors (connecting material) for Vendor Equipment to be provided by
the Vendor
    
    Y12.8.2
    
    
    Connectors (connecting material) for Owner Equipment to be provided by
the Owner
    
    
    
    Y12.9
    
    
    Lighting Apparatus in the Equipment Room
    
    
    
    Y12.10
    
    
    Power Socket
    
    
    
    Y12.11
    
    
    Wiring Trough Frame/Ladder
    
    
    
    Y13.0
    
    
    Installation  System Elements13.1.1
    
    
    Inspection and acknowledgement of the inventory of such Equipment/materials
in the presence of and signed off by Vendor and Owners
authorized representative.
    
    Y
    
    Y13.1.2
    
    
    Provide access to Sites
    
    
    
    Y13.1.3
    
    
    Verify all items on Site readiness checklist
    
    Y13.1.4
    
    
    Provide storage space for installation material and Equipment for Core
network on Switching Site
    
    
    
    Y13.1.5
    
    
    Assign places to fix the BSC Equipment racks
    
    
    
    Y13.1.6
    
    
    Mount and assemble the Equipment
    
    Y13.1.7
    
    
    Connect and secure all interfaces to the Vendor-supplied Equipment, to
include circuit interface cables, alarms, ground cables etc.
    
    Y13.1.8
    
    
    Power on Equipment and verify proper power-up.
    
    Y13.1.9
    
    
    Install Equipment and connect to Owner Equipment
    
    Y13.1.10
    
    
    Complete acceptance walkthrough of physical installation. Vendor
demonstrate / Owner accepts
    
    Y
    
    Y13.1.11
    
    
    Clean up Site remove temporary works and staging after installation work
is completed
    
    Y13.1.12
    
    
    DC power distribution cabinet
    
    
    
    Y13.1.13
    
    
    DC power Equipment (Rectifiers)
    
    
    
    Y13.1.14
    
    
    AC distribution plate
    
    
    
    Y13.1.15
    
    
    Generator
    
    
    
    Y13.1.16
    
    
    DSX
    
    
    
    Y13.1.17
    
    
    Air conditioner
    
    
    
    Y13.1.18
    
    
    Raised floor (or Cable tray)
    
    
    
    Y13.1.19
    
    
    Grounding plate
    
    
    
    Y13.1.20
    
    
    Desks for the OMC & SERVER
    
    
    
    Y13.1.21
    
    
    Feeder window
    
    
    
    Y13.1.22
    
    
    Battery
    
    
    
    Y13.1.23
    
    
    Inverter (or UPS)
    
    
    
    Y13.1.24
    
    
    GPS antenna System
    
    Y13.2
    
    
    Digital Trunk Cables &Optical cable13.2.1
    
    
    T1/T3 digital trunk cables between the BSC Equipment and the DSX.
    
    Y13.2.2
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the BSC Equipment
    
    Y13.2.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the DSX
    
    
    
    Y13.2.4
    
    
    100W digital trunk cables between the DSX and transmission Equipment
    
    
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER13.2.5
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the transmission Equipment
    
    
    
    Y13.2.6
    
    
    Connectors of digital trunk cable which connect the transmission on the
side of the DSX
    
    
    
    Y13.2.7
    
    
    Internal cables and connectors between the BSC Equipment and the NSS
Equipment
    
    Y13.3
    
    
    Power Cable13.3.1
    
    
    DC power cable between the DC power Equipment and DC power distribution
cabinet
    
    
    
    Y13.3.2
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the DC power Equipment
    
    
    
    Y13.3.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the DC power distribution cabinet
    
    
    
    Y13.3.4
    
    
    DC power cable between the DC power distribution cabinet and the
BSC/ODU3601CE Equipment
    
    Y13.3.5
    
    
    AC power cable between the AC distribution plate and the DC power
Equipment
    
    
    
    Y13.3.6
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the AC distribution plate
    
    
    
    Y13.3.7
    
    
    AC surge protector
    
    
    
    Y13.4.1
    
    
    Protective Grounding Cable13.4.2
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the DC power Equipment and the
grounding plate
    
    
    
    Y13.4.3
    
    
    Connectors on the side of the grounding plate
    
    
    
    Y13.4.4
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the DC power distribution cabinet and
the grounding plate.
    
    
    
    Y13.4.5
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the DSX and the grounding plate.
    
    
    
    Y13.4.6
    
    
    Protective grounding cable between the BSC Equipment and the grounding
plate.
    
    Y13.5.0
    
    
    OMC Cables and Internal Cables
    
    Y13.6.0
    
    
    Air-conditioner
    
    
    
    Y13.7.0
    
    
    Connector13.7.1
    
    
    Connectors (connecting material) provided by the Vendor, except in
special applications
    
    Y13.7.2
    
    
    Connectors (connecting material) provided by the Owner, except in
special applications
    
    
    
    Y13.8.0
    
    
    Lighting Apparatus in the Equipment Room
    
    
    
    Y13.9.0
    
    
    Power Socket
    
    
    
    Y13.10.0
    
    
    Wiring Trough (Frame/Ladder)
    
    
    
    Y14.0
    
    
    Project Management14.1
    
    
    Identify single point of contact by Owner with Program Management
authority
    
    
    
    Y14.2
    
    
    Program Management and establish Project Team
    
    Y14.3
    
    
    Project Planning and Controls including maintaining action item list
    
    Y14.4
    
    
    Coordinate and facilitate project kickoff meeting
    
    Y14.5
    
    
    Communication Management  hold regular status meeting in an agreed time
schedule.
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER14.6
    
    
    Develop, maintain and tracking Master Project schedule on all activities
showing critical paths, including installation plans for each location &
entity
    
    Y14.7
    
    
    Contract Administration and Change Management
    
    Y14.8
    
    
    Subcontractor Management  manage Subcontractor relationship and
assigned resource
    
    Y14.9
    
    
    Logistics Management and tracking shipment
    
    Y14.10
    
    
    Provide project office and facilities for personnel
    
    Y14.11
    
    
    Provide project warehousing and logistics for Equipment supplies and
installation materials
    
    Y14.12
    
    
    Provide installation tools and test sets, exclude RF tools
    
    Y14.13
    
    
    In-land transport costs and insurance coverage on Equipment
    
    Y14.14
    
    
    Provide in-country transportation for project personnel
    
    Y14.15
    
    
    Obtain work visas as required
    
    Y14.16
    
    
    Provide invitation letters for overseas employees.
    
    
    
    Y15
    
    
    TRAINING15.1
    
    
    Conduct domestic training classes
    
    Y15.2
    
    
    Conduct overseas training
    
    n/a15.3
    
    
    Conduct on Site (OJT) installation and testing training for Base Station
    
    Y15.4
    
    
    Conduct OJT training for OAM before maintenance turnover
    
    Y15.5
    
    
    Provide designated offices/rooms for Owner location training.
    
    
    
    Y15.6
    
    
    For training, Vendor will provide all materials, documents and software
packages
    
    Y16
    
    
    TURN UP16.1
    
    
    Provide the Equipment configuration information.
    
    
    
    Y16.2
    
    
    Attach all physical connections between the Owner supplied interfaces
and the Vendor Equipment.
    
    Y16.3
    
    
    Verify that all local interconnections and connectivity are in place and
functional so Vendor can perform local test.
    
    
    
    Y16.4
    
    
    Test connectivity.
    
    Y16.5
    
    
    Owner will be responsible for removing and placing back into service all
live circuits (e.g., Trunks, T1s).
    
    
    
    Y16.6
    
    
    Vendor will be responsible for all physical connections to its Equipment.
    
    Y17
    
    
    EQUIPMENT ACCEPTANCE17.1
    
    
    Identify point of contact for signoff by Owner.
    
    
    
    Y17.2
    
    
    Develop Equipment acceptance plan
    
    Y17.3
    
    
    Approve Equipment acceptance plan
    
    
    
    Y17.4
    
    
    Witness and sign acceptance documentation upon the completion of
Equipment installation.
    
    
    
    Y17.5
    
    
    Vendors Equipment ATP Test with Owners support
    
    Y17.6
    
    
    Owners third parties service layer ATP Test Plan and test Execution
with Vendors support
    
    
    
    YY




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER18
    
    
    SITE INSTALLATION AND INTEGRATION SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION18.1
    
    
    Identify Owner point of contact for acceptance of each Site.
    
    
    
    Y18.2
    
    
    Perform Software commissioning and integration for all System Element
and provide test results to Owner ( testing will consist of Vendor test
sections to insure Equipment functionality)
    
    Y18.3
    
    
    Issue a Punch List of all incomplete items which items shall be
completed by Vendor prior to Final Acceptance.
    
    Y18.4
    
    
    Provide manuals, as-built drawings and documentation for all Equipment
to Owner
    
    Y18.5
    
    
    Approve Site Acceptance results
    
    
    
    Y19.0
    
    
    INTERCONNECTION TO PSTN/PLMN19.1
    
    
    Provide T1 Transmission and access circuits meeting performance and
schedule criteria for: Gateway, Soft switch and BTS
    
    
    
    Y19.2
    
    
    Provide PSTN lines per MSC for Optimization Testing
    
    
    
    Y19.3
    
    
    Provide (STP) points as required for testing
    
    
    
    Y20.0
    
    
    SYSTEM INTEGRATION20.1
    
    
    Develop and verify a detailed turn up plan for each market and major
subsystem. The turn up plan will cover the connections within subsystem
itself; and also the connections between each subsystem.
    
    Y
    
    Y20.2
    
    
    Develop an integration back out plan
    
    NA
    
    NA20.3
    
    
    Conduct basic tests to insure System functionality
    
    Y20.4
    
    
    Conduct E911 certification testing with Owner E911 third party suppliers
    
    
    
    Y20.5
    
    
    Any elements which are deemed to be of sub-standard quality will be
recorded in the Punch and resolved by Final Acceptance.
    
    
    
    Y20.6
    
    
    Owner will provide all necessary System related translation parameter
data to Vendor
    
    
    
    Y20.7
    
    
    Vendor will perform all System related translation into the Vendor System
    
    Y20.8
    
    
    Owner will conduct adjunct test(include but not limit to CALEA,
E911,Billing,Network Management)
    
    
    
    Y21
    
    
    RF OPTIMIZATION21.1
    
    
    System-wide Optimization
    
    
    
    Y21.2
    
    
    System O&M stats and testing data analyze and conduct the parameter
adjustment
    
    
    
    YY21.3
    
    
    Implement the adjustment recommendations
    
    
    
    Y




---



##### 



Provided byNo.
    
    Item
    
    VENDOR
    
    OWNER21.4
    
    
    Replacement of Feeders and Antennas if required (based on results of
sweep (VSWR ) test
    
    
    
    Y21.5
    
    
    Achieve KPIs as part of optimization.
    
    
    
    Y22
    
    
    SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION22.1
    
    
    Issue Certificate of Substantial Completion
    
    Y22.2
    
    
    Approve Certificate of Substantial Completion
    
    
    
    Y23
    
    
    CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE23.1
    
    
    90 days of continuous operation within specification
    
    Y23.2
    
    
    Completion of punch list items
    
    Y23.3
    
    
    Issue Certificate of Final Acceptance
    
    Y23.4
    
    
    Approve Certificate of Final Acceptance
    
    
    
    Y




---



##### 



Appendix B
 Division of Responsibility Schematic




---



##### 








---



##### 








---



##### 








---



##### 



EXHIBIT B
    

(HUAWEI LOGO)
 In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Initial System
 i)
    
    The detail Initial System Configuration will only be finalized after Company Radio
and Core Network planning response. Please refer to Table-1.1for Initial System
Configuration Infrastructure list. Huawei will work together with Company on detail
network configuration.ii)
    
    In the event of actual delivery of BTS/Cell site(s) quantity differs with the
predetermined quantity as stated in Table-1.1, the actual BTS/Cell site(s) quantity will
be determined by Table-2.iii)
    
    Table-1 represents the BTS/Cell sites number according to Company RNP. Table-2is the
BTS/Cell sites quantity ratio to represent the pricing.iv)
    
    Should the actual delivery of BTS/Cell site(s) exceed the quantity as stated in
Table-1.1the additional BTS/Cell site(s) will be charged according to Exhibit D
Equipment Upgrade Pricing".v)
    
    Should the actual delivery of BTS/Cell sites(s) is fewer than the quantity as stated
in Table-1.1, Company could use the remaining credit in other market and/or for future BTS
expansion according to Exhibit D Equipment Upgrade Pricing".vi)
    
    All outdoor BTSs come standard with 4 hours of battery backup regardless of the
configuration. ODUs come standard with 1 hour of battery backup. Additional backup
capacity can be purchased.vii)
    
    BTSs configured with more than 256 channel elements will be provided with channel
element cards utilizing the CSM 6700 chip.
  Owner Traffic Detail
 Covered
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    F2 6Market
    
    Pops
    
    Subs
    
    Erlangs
    
    
    Sites
    
    
    F1
    
    
    F2
    
    
    F3
    
    
    Sec
    
    
    1xCE
    
    
    MSCe
    
    
    MGW
    
    
    BSCMarket A
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]Market B
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]Market C
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]OWNER Total
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



BTS Configuration
 Site Type
    
    ConfigurationF1
    
    3606AE (S111 1x + S111 DORA) (128 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)F2
    
    3606AE (S222 1x + S111 DORA) (192 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)F3
    
    3606AE (S333 1x + S111 DORA) (256 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)F2 6 Sector
    
    3606AE (S222222 1x + S111111 DORA) (384 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
  Toy Cell for Initial System
 Market/Location
    
    BTS[***]
    
    3606AE (32 1xCE, 192 DORA)[***]
    
    3606A (32 1xCE, 192 DORA)[***]
    
    3606AE (32 1xCE, 192 DORA) +ODU3601CEMarket A
    
    3606AE (32 1xCE, 192 DORA)Market B
    
    3606AE (32 1xCE, 192 DORA)Market C
    
    3606AE (32 1xCE, 192 DORA)
  BTS Quantity RatioCompare to *F1BTS Model
    
    BTS Configuration
    
    (Normalized to *F1)BTS3606AE
    
    *F1 (S111 1x + S111 DORA) (128 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F2 (S222 1x + S111 DORA) (192 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F3 (S333 1x + S111 DORA) (256 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F4 (S444 1x + S111 DORA) (320 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F5 (S555 1x + S111 DORA) (384 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F1 (S1111 1x + S1111 DORA) (128 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F1 (S11111 1x + S11111 DORA) (128 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F1 (S111111 1x + S111111 DORA) (128 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F2 (S2222 1x + S1111 DORA) (256 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F2 (S22222 1x + S11111 DORA) (256 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]BTS3606AE
    
    F2 (S222222 1x + S111111 DORA) (384 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
    
    [***]ODU3601CE
    
    ODU 1-Carrier (1x)
    
    [***]ODU3601CE
    
    ODU 2-Carrier (1x + DORA)
    
    [***]ODU3601CE
    
    ODU 3-Carrier (1x + DORA)
    
    [***]
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



BTS Quantity RatioCompare to *F1Channel Element (1x RTT only)
    
    (Normalized to *F1)32 CE Step
    
    [***]64 CE Step
    
    [***]128 CE Step
    
    [***]
 Note:
 Example:
  1500.2 sites F1 as base line
  
  F1 (S111 1x + S111 DORA) (128 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE) x 1000
    
    = 1.00 x 780
    
    = 780F1 (S111 1x + S111 DORA) (64 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE) x 100
    
    = (1.00  0.16) x 100
    
    = 84F2 (S222 1x + S111 DORA) (192 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE) x 220
    
    = 1.20 x 220
    
    = 264F2 (S222 1x + S111 DORA) (256 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE) x 50
    
    = (1.20 + 0.16 ) x 50
    
    = 68F3 (S333 1x + S111 DORA) (256 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE) x 200
    
    = 1.60 x 200
    
    = 320Total
    
    = 1516
 1516 sites F1 as base line)
 F1 as base line
 Exhibit D Equipment Upgrade
Pricing
 Spare Parts Kits
  a)
    
    3.0% of the total population of each non-redundant replaceable Core
network unit for each city where the core network products are located.Example:there are 2 MSCe in one city, and if each has x identical replaceable
cards that is non-redundant (if the card fails, we lose the MSC, a rack, or a
shelf), then the spares package must include 3% of 2x. If that quantity is less
than 1, then 1 is the minimum.
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



b)
    
    1.0% of the total population of each redundant replaceable Core
network unit for each city where the core network products are located.Example:there are 3 BSCs in one city, and if each has y identical replaceable
cards that is redundant, then the spares package must include 1% of 3y. If that
quantity is less than 1, then 1 is the minimum.c)
    
    0.5% of each sector carrier replaceable unit and 1.0% of the
remaining replaceable unit in a BTS.Example:if there are 1000 BTSs in a market with an average of 4 sector carriers
per BTS, then the Spares Kit would contain a minimum of 20 sector carrier
replaceable units and 10 BTS replaceable units.d)
    
    A supply of replaceable units in a BTS that is expected to be
repaired in a two week period as calculated using the mean time between repair
(MTBR) and the total population of a replaceable unit in a market.Example:if there are 3650 identical replaceable units in a market with a 10 years
MTBR, then, on average, 1 unit would require repair every day. Hence, the Spares
Kit would contain a minimum 14 of these replaceable units.e)
    
    The BTS spares kit should be the maximum of duplicates identified
in c and d, not the cumulative effect.Example:if 5 Amplifier cards are needed according to criteria c, 8 Amplifier cards
are needed according to criteria d, then maximum 8 Amplifier cards should be
included in the spares kit.




---



##### 



Exhibit C
 In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be
resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit C
    

(HUAWEI LOGO)
 Initial System Pricing
 Owner Traffic Detail
 EV-DO Rev AMarket
    
    Covered Pops
    
    Subs
    
    Erlangs
    
    BHCA
    
    Sites
    
    POPs/Site
    
    F1
    
    F2
    
    F3
    
    F2 6 sec
    
    Carrier
    
    MSCe
    
    MGW
    
    BSCMarket A
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]Market B
    
    
    
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]Market C
    
    
    
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]OWNER Total
    
    
    
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
 BTS Configuration
 Site Type
    
    ConfigurationF1
    
    3606AE (S111 1x + S111 DORA) (128 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)F2
    
    3606AE (S222 1x + S111 DORA) (192 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)F3
    
    3606AE (S333 1x + S111 DORA) (256 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)F2 6 Sector
    
    3606AE (S222222 1x + S111111 DORA) (384 1xCE, 192 DORevA CE)
 Contract Pricing NW Markets
 Capex Per Covered Pop
    
    
    [***]Equipment Total CAPEX
    
    
    [***]Executive Incentive for Market A
    
    
    [***]Equipment Total CAPEX After Incentive
    
    
    [***]CAPEX Per Covered Pop After Incentive
    
    
    [***]Opex Per Covered Pop Annual
    
    
    [***]Opex per BTS Annual
    
    
    [***]
 Price USD
    
    Price USDFinal Contract Pricing Per Market
    
    Covered Pops
    
    CAPEX
    
    OPEXMarket A
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]Market B
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]Market C
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]Executive Incentive for Market A
    
    
    
    
    
    
    [***]Grand Total
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    [***]
 
 *
    
    18 months Warranty Included.*
    
    In the event of actual delivery of quantity BTS/Cell site(s) differ from the predetermined
quantity stated in CAPEX & OPEX PRICING, Exhibit B Table 2: BTS/Cell Quantity Ratio will be
applied as a reference to determine the actual BTS/Cell site(s) quantity.*
    
    Should the actual delivery BTS/Cell site(s) exceed the quantity stated in CAPEX & OPEX
PRICING, the additional BTS/Cell site(s) will be charged according to Expansion Pricing.*
    
    Should the actual delivery BTS/Cell site(s) be less than the quantity stated in CAPEX & OPEX
PRICING, the remaining BTS/Cell site(s) can be used in other markets or their value can be used
as a credit according to Expansion Pricing.*
    
    Should Cricket and a Company owned by Cricket (70% or more) contract and purchase from Huawei
[***] million Covered Pops including the [***] market, then Cricket and Company will be provided
incentives reducing the CAPEX price per Covered Pop to $[***].*
    
    Should the actual market awards differ from this Cluster (Market A, B, & C), the Capex Per
Covered POP $[***] and [***] Executive Incentive for Market A will be applied as long as (a) the
awards include the Market A market, and (b) total awarded covered population is no less than
[***]M, and (c) Covered POP per site is no less than [***], and (d) the penetration rate is no
more than [***]%, and (e) average busy hour erlang per subscriber is no more than [***], and (f)
the number of multi-carrier BTS is no more than [***]% of that of total BTS, and (g) total number
of BTS covered per MSCe is no less than [***], total number of BTS covered per BSC is no less than
[***] and total number of BTS per UMG is no less than [***] and (h) other configuration
assumptions are same as Cricket RF Design Reference . 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Market A
    
    Market B
    
    Market C
    
    Official DesignVendor Awarded
    
    Huawei
    
    Huawei
    
    Huawei
    
    HuaweiLicense Type (REAG, EA, CMA)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Block (A, B, C, D, E)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Spectrum Available (10MHz or 20MHz)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Phase 2 POPs
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Phase 2 BTSs
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Phase 2 F1s
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Phase 2 F2s
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Phase 1 and 2 Total Covered Pops
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Final Pops/Site
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Total Sites
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]PCS-banded sites to offset clearing
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]F1s+ EVDO
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]F2s+ EVDO
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]F3s+ EVDO
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]F4s+ EVDO
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]F5s+ EVDO
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]6 Sector F2 BTSs+ EVDO
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Total number of 1X Carriers beyond F1
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]% Multi-carrier
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Switch Location & BackhaulMarket
    
    Vendor
    
    TypeA
    
    HU
    
    [***]B
    
    HU
    
    [***]C
    
    HU
    
    [***]
 Engineering Details Market SpecificOveral Sub Penetration
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]mE Per Sub
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Engineering Details% Erlang overhead to run the switch/BSC at a [***]% of Max Capcity
    
    [***]Traffic distribution of Cricket.
Local call ratio
Long Distance Call ratio through Cricket VOIP network
Outgoing call ratio to other carriers
    
    [***]Prepaid user penetration:
    
    [***]Prepaid BHCA:
    
    [***]Prepaid Traffic/BH/SUB:
    
    [***]VMS User penetration rate:
    
    [***]VMS Traffic in VMS/BH/SUB:
    
    [***]SMS User penetration rate:
    
    [***]Number of SMS/BH/SUB(MO):
    
    [***]Number of SMS/BH/SUB(MT):
    
    [***]1X Data Usage:
    
    [***]Average 1x Data Hold time
    
    [***]WAP Portal ([***]% of $[***] rate plan takers use)
    
    [***]WAP Off Portal / Storefront (1 download / mo)
    
    [***]BREW Downloads ([***]% ringtones / graphics, [***]per mo)
    
    [***]
 EVDO for all Markets
 
 
  
    
    web page: [***] @ [***] MB
    
    email: [***] @ [***] MB per email
    
    music download = [***] @ [***] MB per song
    
    WAP/Brew hits = [***] @ [***]
    
    Stream Video = [***] @ [***] MB
 
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit D
    

(HUAWEI LOGO)
 Expansion Pricing
 Category
    
    AWS Value

RemarksMinimum Voice Erlang Increment
    
    [***]Cost per Voice Erlang Increment
    
    [***]Core Cost / Incremental BTS
    
    [***]Minimum Data MB Increment (in MB)
    
    [***]Cost per Data MB Increment
    
    [***]Growth Outdoor Macro 1X F1 (EVDO Rev. A, 128 CE)
    
    [***]

Outdoor Macro BTS comes with standard 4 hours backupGrowth Outdoor Macro 1X F2 (EVDO Rev. A, 192 CE)
    
    [***]

Outdoor Macro BTS comes with standard 4 hours backupGrowth Outdoor Macro 1X F3 (EVDO Rev. A, 256 CE)
    
    [***]

Outdoor Macro BTS comes with standard 4 hours backupGrowth Outdoor Macro 1X F4 (EVDO Rev. A, 320 CE)
    
    [***]

Outdoor Macro BTS comes with standard 4 hours backupGrowth Outdoor Macro 1X F5 (EVDO Rev. A, 384 CE)
    
    [***]

Outdoor Macro BTS comes with standard 4 hours backupGrowth Indoor Macro 1X F1 (EVDO Rev. A, 128 CE)
    
    [***]Growth Indoor Macro 1X F2 (EVDO Rev. A, 192 CE)
    
    [***]Growth Indoor Macro 1X F3 (EVDO Rev. A, 256 CE)
    
    [***]Growth Indoor Macro 1X F4 (EVDO Rev. A, 320 CE)
    
    [***]Growth Indoor Macro 1X F5 (EVDO Rev. A, 384 CE)
    
    [***]Growth ODU 1X F1
    
    [***]

ODU and one hour battery backup only, no baseband includedGrowth ODU 1X F2
    
    [***]

ODU and one hour battery backup only, no baseband includedGrowth ODU 1X F3
    
    [***]

ODU and one hour battery backup only, no baseband includedGrowth BBC (24ODU)
    
    [***]

BBC with 24 ODU connection capability(Total 1472 1x CE
included, Support up to 9*F1 ODU, 9*F2 ODU, 6*F3 ODU)32 CE Card
    
    [***]64 CE Card
    
    [***]128 CE Card
    
    [***]192 CE Card
    
    [***]256 CE Card
    
    [***]F1-F2, F2-F3, F4-F5 Carrier Growth Kit (64 CE)
    
    [***]F3-F4 Carrier Growth Kit (64 CE)
    
    [***]Growth Battery Cabinet
    
    [***]Growth Battery (300AH)
    
    [***]
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit E
    

(HUAWEI LOGO)
 System Standard and Optional Software List
 CSOFTX3000 (MSCe) Software List
 Requirement forperipheral network
    
    
    
    Unit PriceNo
    
    Feature ID
    
    Basic Software
    
    Delivery Type
    
    entities
    
    Unit
    
    (USD)1
    
    SWP-CMSCF-OSMS
    
    Short Message Service (SMS)
    
    Included
    
    SMSC
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]2
    
    SWP-CMSCF-VMS
    
    Voice Mailbox Service
    
    Included
    
    VMS Server
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]3
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CW
    
    Call Waiting (CW)
    
    Included
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]4
    
    SWP-CMSCF-3WC
    
    Three-Way Calling (3WC)
    
    Included
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]5
    
    SWP-CMSCF-DATA
    
    Packet Data Serving Node (PDSN)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]6
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CC
    
    Conference Calling (CC) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]7
    
    SWP-CMSCF-ICS
    
    Incoming Call Screen(ICS)(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]8
    
    SWP-CMSCF-SIPT
    
    SIP/SIP-T Protocol Interface ( Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]9
    
    SWP-CMSCF-LI
    
    Lawful Interception(Per  Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    CALEA
    
    Per Service Subscriber
    
    [***]10
    
    SWP-CMSCF-MTC
    
    Markov Test Call (Per MSC)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MSC
    
    [***]11
    
    SWP-CMSCF-LTC
    
    Loopback Test Call (Per MSC)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MSC
    
    [***]12
    
    SWP-CMSCF-TRACE
    
    Trace (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]13
    
    SWP-CMSCF-RMA
    
    Remote Maintenance Agent(Per MSC)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MSC
    
    [***]14
    
    SWP-CMSCF-OTASP
    
    OTA Service Provisioning (OTASP)(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    OTA Server, HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]15
    
    SWP-CMSCF-OTAPA
    
    OTA Parameter Administration (OTAPA)(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    OTA Server, HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]16
    
    SWP-CMSCF-NP
    
    Wireless Number Portability(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]17
    
    SWP-CMSCF-E911
    
    E911 Emergency Call(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]18
    
    SWP-CMSCF-ATCD
    
    Automatic Timed Call Disconnect(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]19
    
    SWP-CMSCF-TrFO/RTO
    
    TrFO/RTO (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    MGW, BSC
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]20
    
    SWP-CMSCF-LSDH
    
    LOAD SHARE Mode of Dual homing from MGW to MSCe (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]21
    
    SWP-CMSCF-SG
    
    SG Function (Per MSC)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MSC
    
    [***]22
    
    SWP-CMSCF-COSS
    
    Customized Operating System for Security(Per BAM)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per BAM
    
    [***]23
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CPT
    
    Call Progress Tone  (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]24
    
    SWP-CMSCF-VM
    
    Virtual MSC (Per MSC)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MSC
    
    [***]25
    
    SWP-CMSCF-TTY/TTD
    
    TTY/TTD (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]26
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CT
    
    Call Transfer (CT) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]27
    
    SWP-CMSCF-DND
    
    Do Not Disturb (DND) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]28
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CRBT
    
    Customized Ring Back Tone (CRBT) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included with note3
    
    CRBT Server
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]29
    
    SWP-CMSCF-PPC
    
    Pre-Paid Charging (PPC)  (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    HLR, SCP
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]30
    
    SWP-CMSCF-SMSBRO
    
    Short Message Broadcast  (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    Broadcast Server
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]31
    
    SWP-CMSCF-RFC
    
    Remote Feature Control (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]32
    
    SWP-CMSCF-FPH
    
    Free-Phone (FPH)  (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    HLR, SCP
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]33
    
    SWP-CMSCF-VPDC
    
    Voice and Packet Data Concurrent (VPDC)(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    BSC, BTS, MS
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]34
    
    SWP-CMSCF-2MSL
    
    1.544-Mbit/s Signaling Link(Per Link)
    
    Available
    
    
    
    Per Link
    
    [***]35
    
    SWP-CMSCF-ROAMB
    
    Roaming Restriction (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]36
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CDAN
    
    Call Delivery to Appointed Number (CDAN)(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]37
    
    SWP-CMSCF-USCF
    
    USCF (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    HLR/MS
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]38
    
    SWP-CMSCF-ISPAGING
    
    ISPAGING (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    included with note4
    
    MSC
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]39
    
    SWP-CMSCF-MAH
    
    MAH (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]40
    
    SWP-CMSCF-HB
    
    Hot Billing (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    HLR, Billing Platform
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]41
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CAB
    
    Call Attempt Bill (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available
    
    Billing Platform
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]42
    
    SWP-CMSCF-FL
    
    Free Locking (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]43
    
    SWP-CMSCF-SPINA
    
    Subscriber PIN Access (SPINA)) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]44
    
    SWP-CMSCF-SPINI
    
    Subscriber PIN Intercept (SPINI) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]45
    
    SWP-CMSCF-MVPN
    
    Mobile Virtual Private Network (MVPN) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei HLR, SCP
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]46
    
    SWP-CMSCF-FreeCall
    
    Temp-Credit Call(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    SCP, Billing Center
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]47
    
    SWP-CMSCF-AOC
    
    Advice of Charge (AOC)  (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei SCP, Billing Center
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]48
    
    SWP-CMSCF-PRC
    
    Premiun Rate Charging (PRC)  (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    SCP, Billing Center
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]49
    
    SWP-CMSCF-MTSCP
    
    Mutliple Subscriber Number Based on SCP(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]50
    
    SWP-CMSCF-SIWF
    
    SIWF (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    IWF
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]51
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CIWF
    
    CIWF(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    IWF
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]52
    
    SWP-CMSCF-VPOP
    
    Voice Call Precedence Over Active Packet Data Call (VPOP)(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Included
    
    Huawei BSC and HLR only.
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]53
    
    SWP-CMSCF-V2F
    
    Voice to Fax (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    IWF
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]54
    
    SWP-CMSCF-QOS
    
    Data Service QoS (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Packet Data Subsystem
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]55
    
    SWP-CMSCF-LSTP
    
    STP Function (Per Link)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per Link
    
    [***]56
    
    SWP-CMSCF-VMSP
    
    Multi-Signaling Point (Per Direction)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per Direction
    
    [***]57
    
    SWP-CMSCF-ASDH
    
    ACTIVE/STANDBY Mode of Dual homing from MGW to MSCe (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]58
    
    SWP-CMSCF-R2
    
    R2 Protocol Interface(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]59
    
    SWP-CMSCF-PRA
    
    PRA Protocol Interface(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]60
    
    SWP-CMSCF-LBSCI
    
    LBS (CELL-ID Based) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available with Note4
    
    HLR, LBS Server
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]61
    
    SWP-CMSCF-LBSLSE
    
    Location Services Enhancements (PN-4747) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available with Note4
    
    HLR, LBS Server
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]62
    
    SWP-CMSCF-SRD
    
    Specified Resource Diagnosis  (Per MSC)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per MSC
    
    [***]63
    
    SWP-CMSCF-AOWADT
    
    Automatic One-Way Audio Dialing Test (Per MSC)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per MSC
    
    [***]64
    
    SWP-CMSCF-SYSPATRON
    
    SysPatron(Per BAM)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per BAM
    
    [***]65
    
    SWP-CMSCF-VCT
    
    Vicious Call Trace(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Available with Note4
    
    Huawei HLR only
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]66
    
    SWP-CMSCF-RESTR
    
    Enhanced Roaming Restriction (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei HLR only
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]67
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CS
    
    Carrier Selection  (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei HLR only
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]68
    
    SWP-CMSCF-ONLY
    
    One Number Link You (ONLY) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    HLR
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]69
    
    SWP-CMSCF-PL
    
    Preferred Language (PL) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    HLR, SCP
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]70
    
    SWP-CMSCF-EPACA
    
    Enhanced Priority Access Channel Assignment (EPACA) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei BSC and HLR only.
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]71
    
    SWP-CMSCF-WPP
    
    Wireless Pay Phone (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei HLR, Huawei SCP
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]72
    
    SWP-CMSCF-OPOS
    
    Overlay PPC to Other SSP (Per MSC)
    
    Excluded
    
    HLR
    
    Per MSC
    
    [***]73
    
    SWP-CMSCF-SOCWI
    
    SSP for CDMA WIN Incoming Overlay (Per MSC)
    
    Excluded
    
    WIN
    
    Per MSC
    
    [***]74
    
    SWP-CMSCF-VP
    
    Voice Privacy Function (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    HLR, BSC, BTS, MS
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]75
    
    SWP-CMSCF-NNAN
    
    New Number Notification (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei HLR only
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]76
    
    SWP-CMSCF-WCN
    
    Wireless Call Navigation (WCN)(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei HLR only
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]77
    
    SWP-CMSCF-FMC
    
    Flexible Metering Charging (FMC)(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Metering charging platform
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]78
    
    SWP-CMSCF-INIP
    
    Built-in IP function (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Inteligent peripherial platform
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]79
    
    SWP-CMSCF-IDIP
    
    Independent IP function (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    Inteligent peripherial platform
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]80
    
    SWP-CMSCF-BYPASS
    
    ByPass(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]81
    
    SWP-CMSCF-UZ
    
    User Zone (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]82
    
    SWP-CMSCF-AH
    
    Answer Hold (AH)  (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]83
    
    SWP-CMSCF-RRUZID
    
    Roaming restriction based on UZID authorized (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]84
    
    SWP-CMSCF-LBSSP
    
    LoopBack SSP (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]85
    
    SWP-CMSCF-CT800
    
    CDMA CT800 Function (Per 1K Service Subscriber)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]
 
 Note:
 1.
    
    Definition of Software Delivery Type:
 Included-
    
    Vendor Standard or optional Software, included in Initial System Configuration where
the system capacity has been considered.
 Available-
    
    Vendor Optional Software, not included in Initial System Configuration but available
upon request in the future. Cricket get all available features license without software license
fee.
However Cricket is required to pay for any additional hardware expansion/upgrade should any of
these feature(s) incurred expansion/upgrade due to increase of system performance and/or capacity.
 Excluded-
    
    Vendor Optional Software, not included in Initial System Configuration.
 2.
    
    Some features require additional hardware to support as stated in Requirement for Peripheral
Network Entities column (e.g., SMS, VMS, OTA, CALEA, E911, CRBT, etc).3.
    
    2% subscribers capacity has been included in initial system. If beyong this penetration rate,
Owner need to expand system capacity as per vendors recommendation4.
    
    If third parties platforms provide standard open interface, this feature is included. If there
is any customized development, Owner need to pay for the cost based on the work hours 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit E
    

(HUAWEI LOGO)
 System Standard and Optional Software List
 UMG8900 (MGW) Software List
 Requirement forperipheral
    
    
    
    Unit PriceNo
    
    Feature ID
    
    Optional Software
    
    Delivery Type
    
    network entities
    
    Unit
    
    (USD)1
    
    SWP-UMGV-TrFO
    
    TrFO Function per k subs
    
    Included
    
    BSC
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]2
    
    SWP-UMGVG-64SG
    
    64K MTP2/MTP3-M2UA/M3UA Signaling Gateway per Link
    
    Included
    
    MSCe
    
    Per Link
    
    [***]3
    
    SWP-UMGVGT-DH
    
    Dual Homing to VMSC\GMSC\TMSC Server(per k subs)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]4
    
    SWP-UMGV-STLI
    
    Lawful Interception per subs
    
    Included
    
    CALEA
    
    Per Service Subscriber
    
    [***]5
    
    SWP-UMGVG-TRACE
    
    Trace Management(per MGW)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MGW
    
    [***]6
    
    SWP-UMGV-RTO
    
    Remote Transcoder Operation (RTO)(per k subs)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]7
    
    SWP-UMGV-VMGW
    
    Virtual MGW (per virtual MGW)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Virtual MGW
    
    [***]8
    
    SWP-UMGV-QOS
    
    IP QoS speciality (per k subs)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]9
    
    SWP-UMGVT-BFD
    
    Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) (per MGW)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MGW
    
    [***]10
    
    SWP-UMGV-Remote DialMainten
    
    Remote Dialing Maintenance(per k subs)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]11
    
    SWP-UMGV-A-IP
    
    IP Transmission at A Interface(per k subs)
    
    Included
    
    BSC
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]12
    
    SWP-UMGVG-TTY/TDD
    
    TTY/TDD(TeleTYpe/Text telephone Devices for the Deaf)(per MGW)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MGW
    
    [***]13
    
    SWP-UMGVGT-IPHC
    
    IPHC (IP Header Compression) Function(per MGW)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MGW
    
    [***]14
    
    SWP-UMGVGT-IPSG
    
    Transmit IP Signaling(A1p/SIP-T/H.248/Sigtran)(per MGW)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per MGW
    
    [***]15
    
    SWP-UMGVG-ANSI MTP
    
    ANSI MTP(per link)
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Link
    
    [***]16
    
    SWP-UMGVGT-IPOE1
    
    IP over T1/E1 function
    
    Included
    
    MGW, BSC
    
    Per T1
    
    [***]17
    
    SWP-UMGVG-2MSG
    
    1.544M MTP2/MTP3-M2UA/M3UA Signaling Gateway per Link
    
    Available
    
    
    
    Per Link
    
    [***]18
    
    SWP-UMGV-MPTY
    
    MultiParty SS(MPTY) per subs
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per Subscriber
    
    [***]19
    
    SWP-UMGV-IUA
    
    IUA Protocol
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per T1
    
    [***]20
    
    SWP-UMGV-MCSTM
    
    Satellite Transmission Mode
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per T1
    
    [***]21
    
    SWP-UMGVG-MicroTM
    
    Microwave Transmission Mode
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per T1
    
    [***]22
    
    SWP-UMGV-PTIN
    
    Playing of Tone for Intelligent Service per k subs
    
    Excluded
    
    SCP
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]23
    
    SWP-UMGVGT-R2
    
    R2 Signaling
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per T1
    
    [***]24
    
    SWP-UMGV-R1.5
    
    Russia R1.5 Signaling
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per T1
    
    [***]25
    
    SWP-UMGVG-R2
    
    Adaptation to multinational R2 Signaling
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per T1
    
    [***]26
    
    SWP-UMGVG-R1
    
    R1 Signaling
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per T1
    
    [***]27
    
    SWP-MGW-IWF
    
    IWF services Per 1K Service Subscriber
    
    Excluded
    
    IWF
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]28
    
    SWP-UMGV-AMR
    
    AMR(per k subs)
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]29
    
    SWP-UMGV-AMR2
    
    UMTS AMR2 per k subs
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per 1k Service Subscriber
    
    [***]
 
 Note:
 1.
    
    Definition of Software Delivery Type:
 Included-
    
    Vendor Standard or optional Software, included in Initial System Configuration where
the system capacity has been considered.
 Available-
    
    Vendor Optional Software, not included in Initial System Configuration but available
upon request in the future. Cricket get all available features license without software license
fee.
However Cricket is required to pay for any additional hardware expansion/upgrade should any of
these feature(s) incurred expansion/upgrade due to increase of system performance and/or capacity.
 Excluded-
    
    Vendor Optional Software, not included in Initial System Configuration.
 2.
    
    Some features require additional hardware to support as stated in Requirement for Peripheral
Network Entities column (e.g., SMS, VMS, OTA, CALEA, E911, CRBT, etc).
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit E
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 System Standard and Optional Software List
 BSS Software List
 Requirement forperipheral network
    
    
    
    Unit PriceNo
    
    Feature ID
    
    Optional Software
    
    Delivery Type
    
    entities
    
    Unit
    
    (USD)1
    
    SWP-CBSCF-ALC
    
    Automatic Level Control Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]2
    
    SWP-CBSCF-TTY/TTD
    
    Teletype/Text Telephone Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]3
    
    SWP-CBSCF-TRACE
    
    Signaling Tracing Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]4
    
    SWP-CBSCF-SH
    
    Inter-CBSC Soft Handoff Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    A3/A7 interface
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]5
    
    SWP-CBSCF-QCS
    
    Quasi-concurrent Service Per CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]6
    
    SWP-CBSCF-E911
    
    E911 Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]7
    
    SWP-CBSCF-TrFO/RTO
    
    TrFO/RTO Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]8
    
    SWP-CBSCF-DO TRACE
    
    Signaling Tracing Per DO Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per DO Service CH
    
    [***]9
    
    SWP-CBSCF-InterQoS DO
    
    Inter-User QoS Support Per DO Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per DO Service CH
    
    [***]10
    
    SWP-CBSCF-AEC
    
    AEC (Acoustic Echo Canceller) Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]11
    
    SWP-CBSCF-TFO
    
    Tandem Free Option Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]12
    
    SWP-CBSCF-CMS
    
    Clone MS Detection Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]13
    
    SWP-CBSCF-EFLT
    
    EFLT-based Location Service Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]14
    
    SWP-CBSCF-InterQoS
    
    Inter-User QoS Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]15
    
    SW-CBSCF-ATEE
    
    ABIS Transmission Efficiency Enhancement Per Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]16
    
    SWP-CBSCF-AccChannelAuc DO
    
    Access Channel Authentication Per DO Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per DO Service CH
    
    [***]17
    
    SWP-CBSCF-DO IUQ
    
    Intra-User Qos & Inter-user Qos Per DO Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per DO Service CH
    
    [***]18
    
    SWP-CBSCF-DO VoIP
    
    VoIP/Video Telephony Per DO Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per DO Service CH
    
    [***]19
    
    SWP-CBSCF-VPOP
    
    Voice Priority over Packet in EV-DO Per DO Service CH
    
    Included
    
    MS
    
    Per DO Service CH
    
    [***]20
    
    SWP-CBSCF-DO TA
    
    Test Application Per DO Service CH
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per DO Service CH
    
    [***]21
    
    SWP-CBSCF-ST
    
    Satellite Transmission Per T1
    
    Available
    
    
    
    Per T1
    
    [***]22
    
    SWP-CBSCF-FATM
    
    Fractional ATM in Abis interface Per Service CH
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]23
    
    SWP-CBSCF-FAX
    
    G3 FAX Per Service CH
    
    Excluded
    
    IWF
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]24
    
    SWP-CBSCF-IWF
    
    Asynchronous data Per Service CH
    
    Excluded
    
    IWF
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]25
    
    SWP-CBSCF-VP
    
    Voice Privacy in Air Interface Per Service CH
    
    Excluded
    
    BTS/MS
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]26
    
    SWP-CBSCF-PTT
    
    Push to Talk Per Service CH
    
    Excluded
    
    Huawei only PTT Platform and MS impact
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]27
    
    SWP-CBSCF-1xRelA
    
    1xRelA Support Per Service CH
    
    Excluded
    
    
    
    Per Service CH
    
    [***]28
    
    SWP-CBSCF-BMCS DO
    
    Broadcast and Multicast Service Per DO Service CH
    
    Excluded
    
    BCMCS
    
    Per DO Service CH
    
    [***]
 
 Note:
 1.
    
    Definition of Software Delivery Type:
 Included-
    
    Vendor Standard or optional Software, included in Initial System Configuration where
the system capacity has been considered.
 Available-
    
    Vendor Optional Software, not included in Initial System Configuration but available
upon request in the future. Cricket get all available features license without software license
fee.
However Cricket is required to pay for any additional hardware expansion/upgrade should any of
these feature(s) incurred expansion/upgrade due to increase of system performance and/or capacity.
 Excluded-
    
    Vendor Optional Software, not included in Initial System Configuration.
 2.
    
    Some features require additional hardware to support as stated in Requirement for Peripheral
Network Entities column (e.g., SMS, VMS, OTA, CALEA, E911, CRBT, etc).
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit E
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 System Standard and Optional Software List
 M2000 Software List
 Requirement forperipheral networkNo
    
    Feature ID
    
    Optional Software
    
    Delivery Type
    
    entities
    
    Unit
    
    Unit Price (USD)1
    
    SWP-M2000-CPRS
    
    Customizable reports system Per NE
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per NE
    
    [***]2
    
    SWP-M2000-CORBA
    
    CORBA Alarm Interfaces per NE
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per NE
    
    [***]3
    
    SWP-File-Performance
    
    File Performance Interface per NE
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per NE
    
    [***]4
    
    SWP-File-Configuration
    
    File Configuration Interface per NE
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per NE
    
    [***]5
    
    SWP-File-Alarm
    
    File Alarm Interface per NE
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per NE
    
    [***]6
    
    SWP-Alarm Streaming
    
    Alarm Streaming Interface per NE
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per NE
    
    [***]7
    
    SWP-SNMP-Alarm
    
    SNMP Alarm Interface per NE
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per NE
    
    [***]8
    
    SWP-Vector-Map
    
    Support Vector Map On Topology
    
    Included
    
    
    
    Per Function
    
    [***]
 
 Note:
 1.
    
    Definition of Software Delivery Type:
 Included-
    
    Vendor Standard or optional Software, included in Initial System Configuration where
the system capacity has been considered.
 Available-
    
    Vendor Optional Software, not included in Initial System Configuration but available
upon request in the future. Cricket get all available features license without software license
fee.
However Cricket is required to pay for any additional hardware expansion/upgrade should any of
these feature(s) incurred expansion/upgrade due to increase of system performance and/or capacity.
 Excluded-
    
    Vendor Optional Software, not included in Initial System Configuration.
 2.
    
    Some features require additional hardware to support as stated in Requirement for Peripheral
Network Entities column (e.g., SMS, VMS, OTA, CALEA, E911, CRBT, etc).
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Exhibit F
 Technical Support
 and Service
 
 Huawei Technologies, Inc.




---



##### 



Table of Contents
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
    
    
    21
    
    EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
    
    
    51.1
    
    Overview
    
    
    51.2
    
    Summary of Services
    
    
    52
    
    TECHNICAL SERVICES
    
    
    63
    
    TECHNICAL SUPPORT SERVICE
    
    
    63.1
    
    Brief Introduction
    
    
    63.2
    
    TAC Service Support
    
    
    73.2.1
    
    Helpdesk
    
    
    73.2.2
    
    Remote Access Diagnosis
    
    
    93.2.3
    
    Web-based Support
    
    
    93.2.4
    
    On-Site Support
    
    
    93.2.5
    
    On-Site Emergency Service
    
    
    103.2.6
    
    Routine Check
    
    
    113.3
    
    Software Update
    
    
    113.3.1
    
    General
    
    
    113.3.2
    
    Documentation
    
    
    123.3.3
    
    Implementation
    
    
    123.4
    
    Equipment Support
    
    
    133.4.1
    
    Spare Parts Management Structure
    
    
    133.4.2
    
    Service Options
    
    
    14·
    
    Repair and Return
    
    
    14




---



##### 



·
    
    Local Swapping
    
    
    15·
    
    Advance Replacement
    
    
    153.4.3
    
    Turn Around Time
    
    
    163.5
    
    Training
    
    
    164
    
    SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
    
    
    174.1
    
    Definitions
    
    
    174.2
    
    Service Level Agreement
    
    
    175
    
    ENHANCED SERVICES (OPTIONAL)
    
    
    185.1
    
    Network Optimization
    
    
    185.2
    
    Equipment Relocation
    
    
    195.3
    
    Software feature Upgrade
    
    
    195.4
    
    Equipment Renovation
    
    
    205.5
    
    Skilled Engineer On-Site
    
    
    206
    
    PRICING
    
    
    226.1
    
    Pricing Philosophy
    
    
    226.2
    
    Service Package Price (Technical Service & Support OPEX)
    
    
    23u
    
    On-Site Support Service Pricing
    
    
    23u
    
    On-Site Emergency Support Service
    
    
    23u
    
    Advance Replacement
    
    
    246.3
    
    Global Service Support Organization
    
    
    246.4
    
    Local Service Support Organization
    
    
    257
    
    ANNEX1 CUSTOMER REQUESTS HANDLING PROCEDURE
    
    
    28




---



##### 



8
    
    ANNEX2 RMA PROCEDURE
    
    
    318.1
    
    Terms and Definitions
    
    
    318.2
    
    RMA Procedure
    
    
    31




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
 1
    
    Executive Summary1.1
    
    OverviewVendor service strategy for customers aims at a quick and effective response in case of a
malfunction of either the Equipment or Software as well as at the provisioning of
professional solutions based on the knowledge of central competence centers.1.2
    
    Summary of ServicesThe services described in this Exhibit are focused on Equipment/Software fault preventive
and corrective actions in support of Owner during the operation phase of the Network. The
detailed scope of services is defined in the succeeding sections.
 SERVICES
 
    
    TAC Service (See Section 3.2)
    
    Software Update(See Section 3.3)
    
    Equipment Support (See Section 3.4)
    
    Training(See Section 3.5)
    
    Enhanced Services(See Section 5)




---



##### 



2
    
    Technical ServicesVendor commits to make all reasonable efforts to maintain optimum system performance.The services covered by Vendor, at no charge during the Warranty Period, consist of the
following:
 
    
    TAC Service (including Help desk 7x24, Web based support, Remote Diagnosis and
Routine Check)
  
    
    Software Update
    
    Equipment Support(7-day Local Swapping)
    
    All Services described in the Agreement with respect to any Warranty Period.
 3
    
    TECHNICAL SUPPORT SERVICE3.1
    
    Brief IntroductionThe main objective of Vendor Technical Support Service offering is to keep the system
running to specification operational levels and in case of network failures, to restore the
system to those same operational levels as soon as possible.The following support services are offered to Owner:
 1)
    
    Technical Assistance Center (TAC) Support Service
 Ø
    
    Help DeskØ
    
    Remote Access Diagnosis




---



##### 



Ø
    
    Web-based SupportØ
    
    On-Site Support (optional service for an additional charge)Ø
    
    Routine CheckØ
    
    Emergency Service (optional service for an additional charge)
 2)
    
    Software Update3)
    
    Equipment Support
 Ø
    
    Repair and ReturnØ
    
    Local SwappingØ
    
    Advance Replacement
 4)
    
    Training
 3.2
    
    TAC Service SupportTAC support takes place in the event of a fault or problem caused by the Equipment and/or
Software, and provides operation and maintenance assistance in order to rectify the problem
in a timely and efficient manner.Following contact with the TSD and/or receipt of a fault report, Vendor shall provide:
 
    
    Consultation for daily operation and maintenance, equipment running prompts,
equipment functions and configuration, networking characteristics, and equipment
structure.
    
    Assistance and/or implementation on analyzing, diagnosing, and setting priorities
for dealing with the problems;
    
    Assistance and/or implementation on corrective measures;
    
    Generate a resolution report.
 3.2.1
    
    HelpdeskThe Helpdesk provides via telephone, fax, and/or e-mail, a convenient way to consult 7x24
(24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year) with trained




---



##### 



professionals on specific
maintenance problems, solve network faults, and provide efficient know-how and experience
to Owner. Reported problems will be addressed on a priority basis, and will be quickly and
competently
responded and resolved within a defined Service Level Agreement time period. Vendor will
remain in contact with Owner until the problem has been fully resolved.Local TSD location: Plano, Texas, USAThe Hotline number: 1-877-4HUAWEI or 1-469-229-5305Email: techsupport.usa@Huawei.comThe intent of the Helpdeskis:
 
    
    Establish priorities upon receipt of the problem report to set the wheels in motion
to resolve the problem;
    
    Provide consultation service for daily operation and maintenance, equipment running
prompts, equipment functions and configuration, networking characteristics and
equipment structure;
    
    Provide advice and assistance in analyzing, diagnosing, locating and isolating the
problem;
    
    Assist and instruct the Owner in generating solutions to the problem;
    
    Provide advice on the implementation of corrective measures;
    
    Facilitate Remote Access Diagnosis where a fault or a problem can not be resolved
by telephone recommendation (Helpdesk);
 If technical problems occur, Owner is encouraged to contact the Vendor Local TSD, and
provide a detailed problem description, service request time, contact person, contact
times, and any other relevant information.Owner is requested to provide prompt feed back to Vendor as to the effectiveness of the
solution, in such a manner that Vendor can determine if other services are needed.




---



##### 



3.2.2
    
    Remote Access DiagnosisIn the case that the Helpdeskcan not effectively solve the Equipment problems, Vendor will
provide, with Owners permission, Remote Access Diagnosis.During the Remote Access Diagnosisprocess, Vendor engineers will either dial-up or connect
via IP provided connection the target equipment, performing diagnosis and providing the
appropriate solutions. Owner shall make any
necessary connectivity arrangements and provide assistance according to the requirements
presented by Vendor, and provide feedback on the effectiveness of the solution.If the solution requires On-Site support, Owner has the option of requesting said On-Site
Support service,for an additional charge,performed by a Vendor engineer. There is no
charge, however, when these services are required to satisfy obligations of the Agreement.3.2.3
    
    Web-based SupportVendor website will allow Owner to access the latest Vendor products maintenance
information and procedures, such as preventative steps necessaries for Equipment
maintenance, acquire the latest product knowledge and download product new releases, case
studies, past experiences, Software patches, recommendations and notices.Vendor Online Trouble Ticket System (GCRMS) encourages Owner to submit requests for
Technical Support Services and enables Owner to track progress on the resolution of trouble
ticket, online.Vendor will provide email notification of product bulletins and alerts.3.2.4
    
    On-Site SupportUpon receipt of Owners approval and based on the established Service Level Agreement
between Owner and Vendor, Vendor will initiate its On-Site Supportservice. During their
presence on Site, the Vendor engineer(s) shall be continuously assisted by Owners Vendor
product trained representative.Owner is responsible for making spare parts available at Sites either for day-to-day
operation, maintenance performed by its own staff, or for authorized support activities
performed by the Vendor engineer(s).




---



##### 



At the end of each service performed on Site, an On-Site Support Service Reportwill be
completed and signed by the Vendor engineer, and co-signed by the Owners representative.
This report will document the tasks performed, the time spent and the recommendations
provided by the Vendor engineer.The departure time of the engineer from the actual base is defined by the response time
quoted in Section 4.2 Service Level AgreementAs these interventions are mainly to cope with urgent matters of maintenance, the
engineers work will prioritize at restoring the system to acceptable
conditions. This means that some technical studies may be carried out after completion of
the intervention via Remote Access Diagnosis.On-Site support is available during business hours, Monday to Friday. Owner is requested to
schedule on-Site service with Vendor, prior to dispatch Vendor expert to the Owner Site.
For non scheduled interventions or emergency situations, Owner has the option to request
the Emergency Service.On-Site support is a value-added service available to Owner for an additional charge and
subject to schedule. There is no charge, however, when these services are required to
satisfy obligations of the Agreement.3.2.5
    
    On-Site Emergency ServiceIn critical operating situations where system availability is seriously affected, an
On-Site Emergency Service is available to Owner 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The main
objective of this service is to keep the system running or, in case of a failure, to
restore the system to an operational level as soon as possible. This service may also be
utilized to restore operations and support systems that are critical to provisioning,
billing, and customer service functions. For this purpose, even operational restrictions
are acceptable in order to prevent a loss of service to Owner.EmergencyEmergency means a critical and acute operating situation that caused, or that has the
potential to cause, a considerable and intolerable service, or management restrictions.Definition of typical emergencies:
 
    
    Total outage of a system, service interruption, lost of redundancy




---



##### 




    
    Partial outage of a system with considerable restrictions to subscribers.
Considerable restrictions is the situation when the capacity (available ports) of
resources, is lower or equal to 50 percent for each Network Element
    
    Total outage of the management system
    
    Loss of billing data
    
    Loss of subscriber registration, or activation capability
    
    Other emergencies defined by Owner and agreed by the parties.
 Emergency Service is a value-added service available to Owner upon request for an
additional charge. There is no charge, however, when these services are required to
satisfy obligations of the Agreement. In the case where the Emergency Service is required
to resolve an emergency within the Vendors Span of Control, there is no charge to the
Owner.3.2.6
    
    Routine CheckTo ensure Equipment and systems are operating at peak performance, Vendor assigns engineers
to conduct On-Site Equipment health checks two times a year, and telephone health checks
four times a year. In this case, Owner should provide necessary assistance for these
On-Site health checks, such as permission to access the Owners Equipment and Sites.Such preventative maintenance activities shall be scheduled or requested at least fifteen
(15) days in advance. The Equipment list to be reviewed, and the measure of On-Site or
remote access via OSS, should be confirmed by both parties.3.3
    
    Software Update3.3.1
    
    GeneralVendor shall provide the Owner with the Software Update Service.Vendor agrees to continuously develop and improve the operation and quality of our Software
releases delivered to Owner. This service includes timely updates and corrections of errors
reported by Owner, as well as from other users, or those detected by Vendor (as in
preventive maintenance). Vendor will deliver, normally once a year, corrections,
enhancements, and modifications to




---



##### 



the Software release in the form of Software Update
covering one or more of the Software releases included in Owners network. The Software
Updatedoes not include issuing new Software releases for new functionality provision.Additional required Software Updatedocumentation shall be provided to Owner free of
charge.Any modifications to the network and its procedures, connected to technical support
activities shall be agreed by both parties (e.g., approval or rejection, time schedule,
responsibility matrix and other). Vendor will install no more than two Software Updates per
year, not including any Software Updates that Owner requests Vendor to install. .3.3.2
    
    DocumentationUpdated documentation describing the corrections, enhancements and/or improved
functionalities provided, shall accompany any Software Updatesupplied.Generally, provided documentation should contain the following information:
 
    
    Previous version Software bugs removed, if any,
    
    Current Software bugs, as far as it is known by Vendor at the time of delivery to
Owner, and the preventive rules on how to treat these bugs.
 Bugs are defined as the undesirable glitches or results that adversely affect smooth
operations, usually originating in Software or undocumented features.3.3.3
    
    ImplementationThe parties shall agree on the implementation details five (5) working days before the
implementation of each Software Update.If Owner performs the Software Updateimplementation, Vendors technical personnel is
available at Owners request to supervise the implementation of the Software Update,for a
reasonable number of Sites.The number of Vendors personnel involved and their roles and
location during the Software Update shall be agreed between the parties before such
implementation.If Vendor recommends and Owner agrees, the Software Updatecan be performed by Vendor. The
acceptance procedure of the Software Updateshall be agreed by both parties, if needed,
before the implementation.




---



##### 



The implemented Software Updateshall be tested and an acceptance procedure carried out by
Owner in accordance with the agreed acceptance procedure. Owner can skip the acceptance
testing in total or partly, if Owner decides that such procedure is not required. In that
case, both parties shall automatically sign the acceptance certificate.Owner can determine, at its own discretion, the Software Updateimplementation, as well as
the schedule.3.4
    
    Equipment Support3.4.1
    
    Spare Parts Management StructureThe Spare Part Center is located in Dallas, Texas.
 Headquarters Spare Parts Center
    
    Supplies stock to regional and local spare parts centers.
    
    Repair or Replaces Faulty units,
    
    Provides the strategy for Spare parts purchases,
    
    Enforces Supply chain optimization,
    
    Provides Spare parts quality control,Regional Spare Parts Center
    
    Accommodates and distributes stock between Local Spare Parts Centers in the region
    
    Support local spare parts centers during an emergency.Local Spare Parts Center
    
    Provides a single point of contact for services to its customers
    
    Provides Local Spares Swapping service to its customers




---



##### 



3.4.2
    
    Service OptionsVendor Equipment Repair and Replacement Services are intended to offer Owner, with the
following service options:
 
    
    Repair and Return
    
    Local Swapping
    
    Advance Replacement
 ●
    
    Repair and ReturnWhen a faulty part needs to be repaired, the Owner can request our Repair and Return
Service.Under Agreement, Owner shall send the faulty part(s) to the specified place according to
the contract agreed to by both parties.The Vendor Spare Parts Center will process the faulty part within three (3) business days
after receiving the Repair-and-Return service request from the Owners authorized
representative. Vendor at its option can repair or replace the faulty part. The repaired or
replaced spare part(s) of the same model will be shipped from Vendor within 45 calendar
days after receiving the faulty part(s) from Owner. The service hours of the Vendor Local
Spare Parts Center are from 9:00am to 6:00pm CST, during business days.Subject to Section 16 of the Agreement, Owner is responsible for sending the faulty part(s)
to the Vendor Spare Parts Center. Owner will bear all freight charges and other local
associated fees for shipping all such shipments from the Owner Site to Vendors facility.
Vendor will ship the repaired or replaced part back to the Owner, and Vendor will bear with
this returning freight charge.Repair and Return service is available to Owner at no charge during the Warranty Period.




---



##### 



●
    
    Local SwappingThere are times when the standard 45-day turn around time for repaired cards will not
suffice. For those situations, Vendor offers a Local Parts Swapping Service. Compared to
our standard repair and return offering, the Vendor Local Swapping Service offers several
advantages, as well as assures the Owner with the following benefits:
 
    
    Quicker turn-around time minimizes service outage times.
    
    Avoidance of maintaining a large spare parts inventory. The investment in spare
parts and operation costs, such as storage expenses, logistics and personnel, can be
reduced dramatically
 Under the Local Swapping Service, Vendor Local Spare Parts Center will process the
requested unit(s) within one (1) business day, after receiving the Local Swapping service
request in writing from the Owners authorized representative. The repaired or replaced
spare parts of the same model will be shipped to Owners designated facility within seven
(7) calendar days beginning when Vendor receives the faulty part(s) from Owner.Owner bears the cost of sending the faulty units to the Local Spare Parts Center; Vendor
will bear the costs of delivering the replaced parts back to Owner.Local Swapping service is available to Owner at no charge during the Warranty Period, from
Monday to Friday, 9am to 6pm, CST.●
    
    Advance ReplacementUnder Advance Replacement, Vendor will process the advanced replacement part(s) within the
next four (4) business hours after receiving a confirmed service request from the Owner,
provided that the Owner agrees to return the original faulty part(s) to the Vendor Spare
Parts Center within 15 calendar days.If the Owner sends the request before 2:00pm (Central Time) during a business day, the
replaced part will be shipped in the same day. The replaced spare part(s) of the same model
is expected to arrive, to Owners designated facility, the next business day.




---



##### 



Advance Replacement service is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.Owner bears the cost of sending the faulty units to the Local Spare Parts Center; Vendor
will bear the costs of delivering the replaced parts back to Owner.Advancement Replacement service is available to Owner at an extra charge from Monday to
Friday, 9am to 6pm CST.3.4.3
    
    Turn Around TimeRepaired or replacement parts will be delivered to the Owners warehouse within the
specified timeframe, as follows:
 
    
    Repair and Return:         45 calendar days
    
    Local Swapping:              7 calendar days
    
    Advance Replacement:   1 business day
 RMAEquipment
    
    Processing
    
    Part Shipment
    
    
    
    AvailableSupport
    
    Time
    
    Time
    
    Availability
    
    daysRepair and
Return
    
    3 Business
days
    
    45 Calendar
days
    
    Monday - Friday
09h00 ~ 18h00
    
    5 days a
weekLocal
Swapping
    
    1 Business
day
    
    7 Calendar days
    
    Monday - Friday
09h00 ~ 18h00
    
    5 days a weekAdvance
Replacement
    
    4 Business
hours
    
    1 Business day
    
    7 days
00h00 ~ 24h00
    
    7 days a week
 3.5
    
    TrainingVendor will provide various training services related to the daily maintenance of the
Owners Equipment to enhance the maintenance level of the Owner. The training options
include regional short-term centralized training at Owners premise or at Vendors
facility. The courses cover computer and database, telecom network and product knowledge of
Vendor Equipment.




---



##### 



Vendor will provide regional short-term centralized training for Owner either at Site or at
the Vendor regional training center in Plano Texas, according to contractual requirements.
The content of training is focused on the daily maintenance and operation, including
handling of daily faults and introduction of equipment functions. The target audience of
this training is the Owners Equipment maintenance and operations personnel.Specific training commitments are contained in Exhibit H.4
    
    Service Level Agreement4.1
    
    DefinitionsResponse Timeshall mean the time measured between the call from the Owner, received by
Vendor, and the time of the first telephone reply by one of Vendor experts.Departure timeshall mean the time between the receipt of the request from the Owner, for
an On-Site intervention by Vendor, and the time when the Vendor expert is dispatched to the
Owners Site. The traveling time is excluded.Resolution Timeshall mean the time measured between the call from the Owner, received by
Vendor, and the time when the problem is definitively remedied.4.2
    
    Service Level AgreementService Level Agreement shall mean the level of service which the Owner purchases from
Vendor with respect to the maintenance and technical support services.
 Services
    
    SupportService availability 
language
    
    EnglishEmergency Service 
availability period
    
    7 days x 24 hoursOn-Site support 
availability period
    
    8 hours x 5 days (subject to schedule)Severity LevelCritical (S1)
    Major (S2)
    Minor (S3)




---



##### 



Severity LevelCritical (S1)
    
    Major (S2)
    
    Minor(S3)Response Time
    
    Within 15min
    
    Within 60min
    
    Within 120minDeparture time
(On-Site Service is needed)
    
    4 hours
    
    Next business day
    
    ScheduledTarget Issue 
Resolution Time
    
    Within 8 hours
    
    Within 3 days
    
    Within 30 daysFinal Issue Resolution Time
(Without Software Defect)
    
    Within 24 hours
    
    Within 12 days
    
    Within 60 daysFinal Resolution Time
    
    30 days permanent fix
    
    60 days permanent fix
    
    180 days(With Software Defect)
    
    
    
    
    
    permanent fix
 
    
    85% of problems of each level of severity reported to Vendor TSD are solved before
Target Issue Resolution.
    
    100% of problems of each level of severity reported to Vendor TSD are solved before
Final Issue Resolution.
 If the On-Site Serviceis requested, the traveling time is excluded from the resolution
time mentioned above, and is defined according to the distance as follows:
 Distance
    
    Traveling timeLess than 30 miles
    
    2 hours31 miles ~ 60 miles
    
    4 hours61 miles ~ 120 miles
    
    6 hours121 miles ~ 240 miles
    
    8 hoursMore than 240 miles
    
    Next day
 5
    
    Enhanced Services (optional)5.1
    
    Network OptimizationVendor will provide a network optimization plan to Owner to help the Owner improve the
quality and results of network operation.Vendor will arrange maintenance experts to provide a network optimization service. The
result of the network optimization service (such as network connection rate) will be
jointly confirmed by Vendor and Owner.




---



##### 



5.2
    
    Equipment RelocationVendor will provide the services of Equipment relocation, including the design of an
Equipment relocation plan, Equipment dismantling, installation and technical guidance at
the Site of Equipment relocation to minimize the risk of Equipment damage that may be
incurred during the Equipment relocation.Design of Equipment relocation planVendor will provide design plans for Equipment dismantling and installation.Equipment dismantlingVendor will arrange technical personnel to assist Owner in dismantling the Equipment
according to the design plan of Equipment relocation.Equipment installationVendor will arrange technical personnel to install and test the dismantled Equipment and
assist the Owner in putting the Equipment into operation.Equipment Relocation Guidance On-SiteVendor will arrange technical personnel to provide technical guide at the Equipment Site
during the Equipment relocation.5.3
    
    Software feature UpgradeWhen necessary, Vendor will appoint a technical expert to provide Software Upgrade services
and optimize the Software structure to utilize any new functions requested by Owner.The time of any Software Upgrade will be jointly confirmed by Vendor and Owner, under the
premise of not affecting the normal business of Owner. This includes
the following:
 
    
    New Software feature releases




---



##### 




    
    Release notes outlining new features, Software modifications and
upgrade/installation procedures
 The following are guidelines for Vendor Software Maintenance service:
 
    
    Vendor will notify the Owner of all generally available Software releases.
    
    Release notes outlining Software modifications, known deficiencies, and
upgrade/installation procedures are provided as part of the service.
    
    Customer documentation updates, if applicable, are provided as part of the service.
    
    Vendor will provide revision and enhancement release information, relating to
availability of code corrections, work-around procedures and limitations of covered
products.
    
    This service is exclusive of the labor cost for executing the upgrade. This will be
made available at Vendors then-current prices subject to Section 5.1 of the
Agreement.
 5.4
    
    Equipment RenovationVendor will provide an Equipment renovation service to Owner upon the Owners stated intent
for capacity expansion, new functions, network optimization, and keeping up with the
development of new technology.Vendor will arrange senior experts to provide the service of Equipment renovation. The plan
of Equipment renovation will jointly be confirmed by Vendor and Owner.5.5
    
    Skilled Engineer On-SiteWhen the Owner has a special situation (such as an important event day or holiday)
preventing their own craftspeople from performing a specific engineering task and a
schedule to meet, Vendor will send its own engineers to the Equipment Site and assist the
Owner by performing the contracted engineering tasks while maintaining strict
confidentiality regarding Site content.




---



##### 



On duty Vendor engineers are readily available to provide services such as technical
support, technical consultation and daily maintenance, at the Equipment Site.




---



##### 



6
    
    Pricing6.1
    
    Pricing Philosophy
 Technical Support Services
    
    Service Package for OwnerTAC Service
    
    Help Desk (7X24 )
    
    ÖRemote Diagnostic
    
    ÖWeb based Support
    
    ÖOn-Site Support
    
    Available upon request after Final AcceptanceOn-Site Emergency Support
    
    Available upon request after Final AcceptanceRoutine Check
    
    ÖSoftware Support
    
    Software Updates
    
    ÖEquipment Support
    
    45 Day Repair and Return
    
    Ö7 Day Local Swapping
    
    Ö1 Day Advance Replacement
    
    Available upon requestEnhanced Service
    
    Customer Tailored Service
    
    Available upon request
 No Charge:
 
    
    At the initial Markets the Service Package for Owner described above will be
provided to the Owner, at no charge during the Warranty Period.
    
    For test bed product, the service package for Owner described above will be
provided to the Owner at no charge.
    
    Additionally, On-Site support and On-Site Emergency support will be provided to
Owner as necessary at all times up to Final Acceptance and during the Warranty Period
as described in Section 16.3 of the Agreement. After Final Acceptance of a System,
On-Site support, On-Site Emergency Service, 1-day Advance Replacement, and Enhanced
Services, are available to the Owner for an additional charge except all is available
at no charge to the Owner as described in Section 16.3 of the Agreement.




---



##### 



Labour Hourly Rate:The following event based services will be billed at an hourly rate.
 
    
    On-Site Support Service
    
    On-Site Emergency Support Service
 6.2
    
    Service Package Price (Technical Service & Support OPEX)Annual fees for the Service package begin after the Warranty Period expires. The annual
fees for the Service package of the initial markets are calculated on a per-covered-pop
basis at $0.34 USD per year.On-Site Support Service pricing for the initial markets and test bed$100/hour plus expenses* (Normal Working Hours)$150/hour plus expenses* (Out of Normal Working Hours)On-Site support service will be charged for a minimum of 8 hours, per visitNormal Working Hours mean 9:00 am  6:00 pm, Local TimeOut of Normal Working Hours, 6:00 pm  9:00 am, Local Time
 
 *
    
    Expenses include: Accommodation, meals, and transportation. u
    
    On-Site Emergency Support Service for the initial markets and test bed$160/hour plus expenses* (Normal Working Hours)$240/hour plus expenses* (Out of Normal Working Hours)Emergency support service will be charged for a minimum of 8 hours, per visitNormal Working Hours mean 9:00 am  6:00 pm, Local TimeOut of Normal Working Hours, 6:00 pm  9:00 am, Local Time
 
 *
    
    Expenses include: Accommodation, meals, and transportation.  23 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



u
    
    Advance Replacement for the initial markets and test bedUnder Advance Replacement, Vendor will process the advanced replacement part(s) within the
next four (4) business hours after receiving a confirmed service request from the Owner,
provided that the Owner agrees to return the original faulty part(s) to the Vendor Spare
Parts Center within 15 calendar days.If the Owner sends the request before 2:00 pm (Central Time) during a business day, the
replaced part will be shipped in the same day. The replaced spare part(s) of the same model
is expected to arrive, to Owners designated facility, the next business day.Vendor bears the cost of sending the faulty units to the Local Spare Parts Center; Vendor
will bear the costs of delivering the replaced parts back to Owner.Advance Replacement service is available to Customers and an extra charge of $166.00 US for
shipments of 10 pounds or less from Monday to Friday, 9am to 6pm CST.Advance Replacement service out of normal business hours is available 24 hours a day, 7
days a week for an additional fee of $75.00.6.3
    
    Global Service Support OrganizationIn order to support its global operations Vendor has set up a 3-level global service
network: the Headquarters, the Regional Divisions, and the Local branch offices.Vendors headquarters is located in Shenzhen China. Vendor Regional offices are located in
North America; Latin America; CIS (the Commonwealth of Independent States), Europe, North
Africa & Middle East; Southern Africa, East Pacific, and Asia Pacific.The global customer service system contains a three-level structure. This is shown in
Figure 1.
  24 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



6.4
    
    Local Service Support OrganizationIn Vendor, we regard customer satisfaction as the only standard by which we measure our
service. To safeguard the Owners operation, Vendor has setup a Regional and Local
Technical Service Departments which can provide a more responsive and effective service to
our Owner. Establishment of this local TSD is based on the Owners service requirement, and
consists of a competent engineering team, project management, product specialists, and
spare part management teams.Vendors North American Regional Technical Service Department is located in Plano, Texas, 3
miles away from the Telecom Corridor of Dallas. This office provides Technical support
nation-wide in all the available Vendors products, such as Optical Networks, Fixed
Networks, Wireless Networks, and Application & Service.In addition, there are Local offices near the principal markets to support customers in a
timely and appropriate manner. In the US, local offices are settled in Plano (TX), Seattle
(WA), and San Diego (CA).
  25 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



North American Region Technical Service DirectorChief of Vendors Local Representative TSD office.Call Center (Technical Assistance Center)Receive and register the complaint and technical inquiry from the Owner and transfer
technical support engineers according to problem severity level, offer the solution of the
problems. Follow up the issue statement and implementation of the solution.Engineering & Proposals Management TeamResponsible for Management of the Projects, the Pre-sales support and the
Outsourcing/Partners activities according to Owner requirements. Evaluate and qualify our
EF&I partners, analyze and prepare proposals, and control and manage the projects.Products Technical Support TeamAfter receiving the issue reported from Call Center or from Owner directly, carry out the
technical support activities. Provide resolution or escalate the issue to higher level TSD.
Instruct Owner to implement the resolution remotely or perform the On-Site Service if
required by Owner.
  26 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



Logistics & Spare Part Management TeamRegister and deal with the requirement of faulty parts repair and replacement from Owner.
Manage local spare parts stocks and logistics affairs.
 Training Team
 Organize a local centralized training purchased by Owner. The SOW (Scope of Work) of the
team covers customized course development, training schedule and arrangement of classroom
and practice lab.
  27 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



7
    
    Annex1 Customer Requests Handling Procedure
 
 u
    
    Introduction to TAC access methods :
 Tel:
 Fax:
 Email: techsupport.usa@Huawei.com support@Huawei.com
 u
    
    Roles & Responsibilities
 Roles
    
    ResponsibilitiesLocal Office
* Customer Care Representative (CCR)
    
    Receives, handles, and filtrates
the local customer requests;
conducts customer survey.Local Office
* Product Support Engineer (PSE)
    
    Handles the local customer
requests that related to products
and technology, performs
escalation, and implements the
solution given by the regional
expert team or HQ expert team.
  28 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



Roles
    
    ResponsibilitiesLocal Office 
* Product Manager
    
    Designates the field engineer, and
monitors the local customer
request handling procedure.Regional Office 
* Regional Expert Team
    
    Handles customer requests
escalated to the regional
department, and performs
re-escalation.Head Quarters 
* HQ Expert Team
    
    Handles customer requests
escalated to headquarters
 u
    
    Receiving (CCR)
    u
    
    Telephone Direction (PSE)
   u
    
    Remote Access (PSE)
  u
    
    On-Site Support (PSE, Local Office Product Manager)
  u
    
    Regional Expert Team Support (Regional Expert Team)
  29 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



u
    
    HQ Expert Team Support (HQ Expert Team)
  u
    
    Implementation (PSE)
   u
    
    Customer Survey (CCR)
   u
    
    Report (CCR)
   30 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



8
    
    Annex2 RMA Procedure
 8.1
    
    Terms and Definitions
 Hardware:
 Lifecycle:
 Return Material Authorization (RMA):
 Serial number:
 Turn around Time (TAT):
 8.2
    
    RMA Procedure
 001
    
    Owner
 rma.usa@Huawei.com
 a.
    
    The Owners name, Billing address and Shipping address;b.
    
    The name and telephone number of a person that Vendor may contact for further information;c.
    
    A description of the faulty unit;d.
    
    An explanation of the defect or malfunction;e.
    
    The Vendor hardwares serial number, Model number and BOM (Bill of Material) number,
   31 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



002
    
    Vendor Spare Parts Center
  003
    
    Owner
 rma.usa@huawei.com
  rma.usa@huawei.com
 004
    
    Owner
  
  005
    
    Vendor Spare Parts Center
   32 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



006
    
    Vendor Repair Center
   
    
    Vendor manufactured Product which Vendor considers has exceeded its useful live
(lifecycle), based upon Vendors engineering review process;
    
    Vendor manufactured Products in which Vendor has identified the same defect or fault
more than three (3) times;
    
    Vendor manufactured Products in which Vendor has identified no trouble found.
  008
    
    Vendor Repair Center
  009
    
    Owner
   33 OF 33 PAGES




---



##### 



EXHIBIT G
 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
  §
    
    Workers Compensation insurance with statutory limits as required in the state(s) of
operation; and providing coverage for Subcontractors employees entering onto Owner
premises, even if not required by statute. Employers Liability or Stop Gap insurance
with limits of not less than $500,000 for each occurrence.§
    
    Commercial General Liability Insurance covering claims for bodily injury, death,
personal injury or property damage, including coverage for independent contractors
protection (required if any work will be subcontracted), premises-operations,
products/completed operations and contractual liability.The limits of insurance shall be:
 Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury/Property Damage)
    
    $
    1,000,000.00General Aggregate Limit (Annual Aggregate)
    
    $
    2,000,000.00Products-Completed Operations Limit (Annual Aggregate)
    
    $
    1,000,000.00
 §
    
    Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance covering ownership, operation and
maintenance of all owned, non-owned and hired motor vehicles used in connection with the
performance of this Agreement, with limits of at least $1,000,000 combined single limit
for bodily injury and property damage.




---



##### 



Exhibit H
 Training
 
 2007




---



##### 



Exhibit H
    
    Training
  1 Required Training Programs
    
    
    22 Training credit and price for additional training
    
    
    3




---



##### 



Exhibit H
    
    Training
 In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
 1 Required Training Programs
  DurationCourse
    
    
    
    (working
    
    ClassCode
    
    Course Name
    
    days)
    
    SizeNOC Engineer Training (18 Days)ORE10
    
    
    CDMA BSS Product Fundamental
    
    
    3
    
    
    
    6-12ORE23
    
    
    CDMA BSS/AN Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    8
    
    
    
    6-12ORL10
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Hardware Structure
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORL21
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORM10
    
    
    UMG8900 Hardware Structure
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORM21
    
    
    UMG8900 Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12OWL10
    
    
    M2000V2 System Overview
    
    
    0.5
    
    
    
    6-12OWL30
    
    
    M2000V2 Server Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    0.5
    
    
    
    6-12OWL31
    
    
    M2000V2 Client Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    2
    
    
    
    6-12Field Engineer Training (6 Days)ORA01
    
    
    CDMA Access Network Fundamental
    
    
    2
    
    
    
    6-12ORA03
    
    
    CDMA2000 1 x EV-DO Fundamental
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORF10
    
    
    CDMA BTS/AP Product Fundamental
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORF20
    
    
    CDMA BTS/AP Local Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    2
    
    
    
    6-12Switch Technician Training (23 Days)ORE24
    
    
    CDMA BSS/AN Testing and Commissioning
    
    
    8
    
    
    
    6-12ORL10
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Hardware Structure
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORL20
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Software Installation and Commissioning
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12
  Page 2 of 5




---



##### 



Exhibit H
    
    Training
 DurationCourse
    
    
    
    (working
    
    ClassCode
    
    Course Name
    
    days)
    
    SizeORL21
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORL30
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Data Configuration
    
    
    6
    
    
    
    6-12ORM10
    
    
    UMG8900 Hardware Structure
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORM20
    
    
    UMG8900 Software Installation and Commissioning
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORM21
    
    
    UMG8900 Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORM30
    
    
    UMG8900 Data Configuration
    
    
    3
    
    
    
    6-12Translation Engineer Training (25.5 Days)ORA01
    
    
    CDMA Access Network Fundamental
    
    
    2
    
    
    
    6-12ORA03
    
    
    CDMA2000 1 x EV-DO Fundamental
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    6-12ORE10
    
    
    CDMA BSS Product Fundamental
    
    
    3
    
    
    
    6-12ORE24
    
    
    CDMA BSS/AN Testing and Commissioning
    
    
    8
    
    
    
    6-12ORL01
    
    
    CDMA NSS Softswitch Fundamental
    
    
    2
    
    
    
    6-12ORL30
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Data Configuration
    
    
    6
    
    
    
    6-12ORM30
    
    
    UMG8900 Data Configuration
    
    
    3
    
    
    
    6-12OWL10
    
    
    M2000V2 System Overview
    
    
    0.5
    
    
    
    6-12
 Table3-1 List of Training Programs for CDMA
 2 Training credit and price for additional training
  
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the
Commission.  Page 3 of 5




---



##### 



Exhibit H
    
    Training
 Number of
    
    Training
    
    Number of
    
    Total TrainingPosition
    
    personnel
    
    Days
    
    Teams
    
    DaysManager
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Supervisor
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Switch Tech
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Field Tech
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Translations
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Fixed Net
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]RF Eng
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]NOC Tech
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]TFS Eng
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]total credit
    
    
    
    [***]
  Duration(Working
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    TranslationsSystem
    
    Code
    
    Courses
    
    Days)
    
    NOC Engineer
    
    Field Engineer
    
    Switch Technician
    
    Engineer
    
    RF engineerBSS
    
    
    ORA01
    
    
    CDMA Access Network Fundamental
    
    
    2
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    xORA03
    
    
    CDMA2000 1 x EV-DO Fundamental
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    xORF10
    
    
    CDMA BTS/AP Product Fundamental
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORF20
    
    
    CDMA BTS/AP Local Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    2
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORE10
    
    
    CDMA BSS Product Fundamental
    
    
    3
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORE23
    
    
    CDMA BSS/AN Operation andMaintenance
    
    
    8
    
    
    
    xORE24
    
    
    CDMA BSS/AN Testing and Commissioning
    
    
    8
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    xNSS
    
    
    ORL01
    
    
    CDMA NSS Softswitch Fundamental
    
    
    2
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORL10
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Hardware Structure
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORL20
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Software Installation and Commissioning
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORL21
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORL30
    
    
    CSOFTX3000 DataConfiguration
    
    
    6
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    xORM10
    
    
    UMG8900 Hardware Structure
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORM20
    
    
    UMG8900 Software Installation and Commissioning
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORM21
    
    
    UMG8900 Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    1
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xORM30
    
    
    UMG8900 Data Configuration
    
    
    3
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    x
 
   Page 4 of 5




---



##### 



Exhibit H
    
    Training
 Duration(Working
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    TranslationsSystem
    
    Code
    
    Courses
    
    Days)
    
    NOC Engineer
    
    Field Engineer
    
    Switch Technician
    
    Engineer
    
    RF engineerM2000
    
    
    
    OWL10
    
    
    M2000V2 System Overview
    
    
    0.5
    
    
    
    x
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    xOWL30
    
    
    M2000V2 Server Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    0.5
    
    
    
    xOWL31
    
    
    M2000V2 Client Operation and Maintenance
    
    
    2
    
    
    
    xTraining days for each role
    
    
    
    
    
    
    15
    
    
    
    6
    
    
    
    15
    
    
    
    25.5
    
    
    
    21
  Vendor Arranges Training at Vendors Facility (Plano, Texas)
 Section 3
   
  Owner Arranges Training at Owners Location
 Section 3
   
   
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.  Page 5 of 5




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit I
 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
 BTS3606AEArrive in
    
    Installation &FOB SHENZHEN
    
    Finish clearance in [***]
    
    warehouse
    
    CommissionBy SeaQTY < 200
    
    Incremental
      Total
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
 BSC SystemArrive in
    
    Installation &FOB SHENZHEN
    
    Finish clearance in [***]
    
    warehouse
    
    CommissionBy SeaQTY < 4
    
    Incremental
      Total
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
 MSCArrive in
    
    Installation &FOB SHENZHEN
    
    Finish clearance in [***]
    
    warehouse
    
    CommissionBy SeaQTY < 5
    
    Incremental
      Total
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
 MGWArrive in
    
    Installation &FOB SHENZHEN
    
    Finish clearance in [***]
    
    warehouse
    
    CommissionBy SeaQTY < 5
    
    Incremental
      Total
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
    
    [***]
[***]
 M2000Arrive in
    
    Installation &FOB SHENZHEN
    
    Finish clearance in [***]
    
    warehouse
    
    CommissionBy SeaQTY < 5
    
    Incremental
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Total
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Notes:
    
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit J
  
  
 
 *
    
    Hardware expansion of Test Bed Equipment will be charged according to 20% off discount of
Exhibit C Equipment Upgrade Pricing.*
    
    Software expansion of Test Bed Equipment will not be charged.*
    
    The TestBed is proposed for lab testing purpose not for commercial use. If any equipment is used
for commercial deployment, all clauses and exhibits in the SEPA applied for initial system will be
applied to the testbed equipment.***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed
separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  MSCe (Test Bed)
 PRICE LIST OF MSCe (Test Bed) EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    Total1.1
    
    MSCe (Test Bed) (1K subs )
    
    Version : CSOFTX3000V100R0021.1.1
    
    HardwareCabinetKW-ISCAB
    
    Integrated Configure New Cabinet
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Service Control ModuleKW-WSMU
    
    System Management Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WSIU
    
    System Interface Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WHSC
    
    Hot-Swap And Control Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WALU
    
    Alarm Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WCDB
    
    Central Data Base Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WIFM
    
    IP Forward Module
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WBFI
    
    Back Insert FE Interface Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WMGC
    
    Media Gateway Control unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WBSG
    
    Broadband Signaling Gateway
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WCCU
    
    Call Control Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-WVDB
    
    VLR Data Base unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-UPWR
    
    PSM Subrack Power Module
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-SFRM
    
    Service Control Shelf
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]IMM ModuleKW-iGWB
    
    Bill Server
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SW-WIN2000I
    
    Microsoft Windows 2000
Server,English,Std, 1Svr+5CAL,32bit,
WinSvr2003 R2 Std OEM COA Lic,
Win2000 Svr Std CD,No Doc, Without
Product Services
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-BAM
    
    BAM Server
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KVM
    
    KVM 4 in 1,1U,15 TFT
LCD,8wayKVM,3V3 Power
Connector,Black,With Power
Cable,Mounting Accessories,English
Doc.-48VDC,Without KVM Cable,Black
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]LS-3026C-DC48
    
    S3026C Ethernet Switch with 24
10/100BASE-TX ports and 2 module
slots (DC 48V)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-EWS
    
    Emergency Workstation
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SOHO-S1016-EX
    
    16-port FE unmanaged switch (AC) (EX)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-XPTU
    
    XPTU Server
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 2 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  MSCe (Test Bed)
 PRICE LIST OF MSCe (Test Bed) EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    TotalLS-3528G-DC48
    
    S3528G Ethernet Switch with 24 10/100BASE-TX ports
and 4 1000BASE-X GBIC ports (GBIC Req.) (DC 48V)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Auxiliary EquipmentKW-DOC-CSX
    
    Package of Documents-HUAWEI CSOFTX3000 Mobile
SoftSwitch Center
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Installation MaterialsIM-KW-CB
    
    Cabinet Installation Component
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1.1.2
    
    Software1)
    
    Basic SoftwareSWP-CSX-VMSC
    
    MSCeH Basic Software (Per 1k Subs)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]2)
    
    Optional SoftwareOptional Software only for VMSCShort Message & Voice MailboxSWP-CMSCF-OSMS
    
    Short Message Service (SMS) (Per 1k Service
Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-VMS
    
    Voice Mailbox Service (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]MultiParty ServiceSWP-CMSCF-CW
    
    Call Waiting (CW) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-3WC
    
    Three-Way Calling (3WC) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-CC
    
    Conference Calling (CC) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Intelligent Network ServiceSWP-CMSCF-ICS
    
    Incoming Call Screen(ICS)(Per 1k Service
Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Data ServiceSWP-CMSCF-DATA
    
    Packet Data Serving Node (PDSN) (Per 1k Service
Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Protocol Interface FunctionsSWP-CMSCF-SIPT
    
    SIP/SIP-T Protocol Interface ( Per 1k Service
Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Interception Service
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 3 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  MSCe (Test Bed)
 PRICE LIST OF MSCe (Test Bed) EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    TotalSWP-CMSCF-LI
    
    Lawful Interception(Per Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]MSC DoctorSWP-CMSCF-MTC
    
    Markov Test Call (Per MSC)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-LTC
    
    Loopback Test Call (Per MSC)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Operation and MaintenanceSWP-CMSCF-TRACE
    
    Trace (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-RMA
    
    Remote Maintenance Agent(Per MSC)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Other FunctionsSWP-CMSCF-OTASP
    
    OTA Service Provisioning (OTASP)(Per 1k
Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-OTAPA
    
    OTA Parameter Administration (OTAPA)(Per 1k
Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-NP
    
    Wireless Number Portability(Per 1k Service
Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-E911
    
    E911 Emergency Call(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-ATCD
    
    Automatic Timed Call Disconnect(Per 1k
Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-TrFO/RTO
    
    TrFO/RTO (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 4 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  MGW (Test Bed)
 PRICE LIST OF MGW (Test Bed) EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    Total1.2
    
    MGW (Test Bed) (1K subs)
    
    Version :UMG8900V200R0061.2.1
    
    Basic EquipmentCabinetKW-MGWCAB
    
    Universal Media Gateway NGN Assembly Cabinet
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Media ModuleKW-MMPU
    
    Media gateway Main Processing Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MNET
    
    Media gateway Packet Switch Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MTNB
    
    Media gateway TDM switching Net Unit B
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MFLU
    
    Media gateway Front Link Unit(b)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MBLU
    
    Media gateway Back Link Unit(b)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MSPF
    
    Media Gateway  Front Signalling Processing Unit(b)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]UG-MHRU
    
    Media Gateway  High-speed Routing Unit(b)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]UG-MVPD2
    
    Media Gateway  Voice Processing Unit D(1K TC,64ms EC)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MCMF
    
    Media Gateway  Front Connection Maintenance Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-ME8T
    
    Media Gateway  8-port 10/100M Ethernet Interface Board
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MT32
    
    Media Gateway  32T1 Port TDM Interface Board
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MCLK
    
    Media Gateway  Clock Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MOMB
    
    Media Gateway  Operation & Maintenance Unit B
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MMPB
    
    Media Gateway  Main Processing Unit B
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MNLU
    
    Media Gateway  Link Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MTNC2
    
    Media Gateway  TDM switchinig Net Unit C2(With 1 TDM Cascade Port)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MS1L
    
    Media Gateway  1*155M SDH/SONET optical interface card
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KW-MFRM
    
    Universal Media Gateway ssm-256 Backplane Subrack
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]UG-K1-MMBS
    
    Universal Media Gateway ssm-32 Backplane Subrack
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 5 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  MGW (Test Bed)
 PRICE LIST OF MGW (Test Bed) EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description

    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    TotalPinch BoardKW-SHPU
    
    Signaling High level link Processing Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Optical Module/electrical ModuleSFP-1310nm-100Base-Lx
    
    Optical Transceiver,SFP,1310nm,STM1,-8dBm,-15dBm,-28dBm,LC,15km
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SFP-850nm-1000Base-Sx
    
    Transceiver,SFP,850nm,1.25Gb/s,0dBm,-9.5dBm,-17dBm,LC,0.55km
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Auxiliary EquipmentKW-DOC-UMG
    
    Package of Documents-HUAWEI UMG8900 Universal Media Gateway
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Installation MaterialsCB-HD100-16E1-120
    
    Trunk Cable,20.00m,120ohm,16E1,0.4mm,D100M,120CC32P0.4P430U(S)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SS-OP-LC-SC-S-20
    
    Patch Cord,LC/PC-SC/PC,Single,mode,20m
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]IM-INS-MGW
    
    Media Gateway Installation Suite
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1.2.2
    
    SoftwareBasic SoftwareSWP-MGW-VMSC
    
    VMSC Basic Software per k subs
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Optional SoftwareSWP-UMGV-TrFO
    
    TrFO Function per k subs
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-UMGVG-64SG
    
    64K MTP2/MTP3-M2UA/M3UA Signaling Gateway per Link
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-UMGV-STLI
    
    Lawful Interception per subs
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWP-UMGVG-TRACE
    
    Trace Management(per MGW)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 6 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  [***]
 EQUIPMENT LIST OF BSC
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    Total2.1
    
    [***]
    
    
    
    Version :UMG8900V200R0062.1.1
    
    Basic EquipmentCabinetQC-BC
    
    BSC Cabinet
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]HardwareQC-CPFU
    
    IP over FE Interface Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CPEU
    
    IP over OC3 Interface Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CDPU
    
    Data Process Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CXPU
    
    Extend Processing Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CPIU
    
    Packet Interface Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CSCU
    
    GE Switching Control Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CGCU
    
    General ClocK Unit
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CBSR
    
    Service Processing Rack
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CBCR
    
    Control Processing Rack
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CMPS
    
    Main Processing Subrack
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CSPS
    
    Slave Processing Subrack
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]CIMS ModulesQC-BAM
    
    BAM
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SW-WIN2000I
    
    Windows2000 Server
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SW-SQL
    
    SQL Server 2000
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]KVM
    
    KVM-3in1
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-TCCTS
    
    Emergency Workstation
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]LS-3026C-DC48
    
    Ethernet Switch Host(48V)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]LS-GS1UA
    
    1-port 1000BASE-LX Single Mode
Optical Interface Module (1310nm, 10km, SC)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Auxiliary Equipment
    
    Installation Materials Package
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]2.1.2
    
    SoftwareBasic SoftwareSW-CBSC-SYS
    
    BSS Software Per Service CH(0
 2000CH)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SW-CBSC-SYS
    
    BSS Software Per Service CH(2001
 4000CH)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SW-CBSC-SYS
    
    BSS Software Per Service
CH(4001  6000CH)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 7 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  [***]
 EQUIPMENT LIST OF BSC
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description

    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    TotalSW-CBSC-SYS
    
    BSS Software Per Service CH(>6001CH)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 8 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  BTS3606AE
 LIST OF BTS3606AE
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    TotalBTS3606AE (S222 with 4AWS CSM5000, 1AWS CSM6800)
    
    Version: BTS3606AEV300R0013.1.1
    
    HardwareMain EquipmentQC-B-HBBC
    
    Outdoor Heat Exchanger Baseband
Cabinet,110V (Dual Live Wires)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-B-RFC
    
    Outdoor RF Cabinet
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CRDM
    
    Resource Distribution Board
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-BCKM0
    
    Main Clock Board (With GPS Card)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-BCIM
    
    Controlling Interface Module (IP 8E1/T1)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CCPMD
    
    Compact BTS Channel Processing
Module(128 Channel)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CECM5
    
    EV-DO processing Board (192 Channel)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CESP
    
    E1 Surge Protection Module
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-OMTR
    
    Outdoor-BTS Multi-carrier Transceiver
Module (AWS)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-OMPA
    
    Outdoor-BTS Multi-carrier Power
Amplifier Module (AWS)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-ODFU
    
    Outdoor-BTS Duplexer and Filter Unit
(AWS)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-OFAN
    
    ODU Fan Box
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-PSU
    
    AC/DC Power
Module,-33degC-65degC,90V-300V,27V/50A
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]GM-PMU
    
    Power System Monitor Module
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]GM-BAT-24V-150AH
    
    Rechargeable battery,VRLA
battery,24V,150Ah,battery group,single
cell 560*126*325mm(max.)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Equipment Installation MaterialsIM-CM-CBTSCB
    
    CBTS Installation Set
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]GM-BTS-BF
    
    Double Cuts Grounding Plate
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]CAB-SPF-4m
    
    SFP High Speed Transmission Cable-4m
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-SFPB
    
    Optical
Transceiver(ESFP,1310nm,1.25G,C,10km)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SWYVP-100-4*2*0.5
    
    Trunk Cable,15m-100ohm-4T1
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SS-OP-D-LC-S-30
    
    Patch Cord,LC/PC,LC/PC,Single
Mode,2mm,30m
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]GM-JMP-22
    
    Antenna Jumper,2.2m
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]3.1.2
    
    SoftwareSW-CBTS-1XCH
    
    CBTS Software per 1X Channel
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SW-CBTS-DOCH
    
    CBTS Software per DO Channel
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SW-CBTS-HPA40
    
    CBTS Supporting HPA-40W per HPA
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]SW-CBTS-MULTI
    
    CBTS Supporting Multi TRM Software per
TRX
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 9 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  BTS3606AE
 LIST OF BTS3606AE
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    TotalSW-CBTS-DORA
    
    CBTS Software per EV-DO-RA TRX
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 10 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  ODU3601CE
 LIST OF ODU3601C
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    Total3.2
    
    ODU3601CE (60W,110V,Type 1)
    
    Version: ODU3601CV100R0023.2.1
    
    HardwareMain EquipmentQC-B-ABR
    
    BTS3601C Micro-bts Cabinet
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-OMTR
    
    Outdoor-BTS Multi-carrier Transceiver Module (AWS)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-OMPA
    
    Outdoor-BTS Multi-carrier Power Amplifier Module (AWS)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-ODFU
    
    Outdoor-BTS Duplexer and Filter Unit (AWS)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-MDPM
    

(CHINESE CHARACTER)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-OFAN
    
    BTS3606AE,QCSE1OFAN,ODU Fan Box
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-SFPB
    
    Optical Transceiver(ESFP,1310nm,1.25G,C,10km)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Auxiliary EquipmentSPD40R
    
    Single Phase 60KA Lightning Protection Box
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]APM 200APM200-4840SE-0,Outdoor Integrated DC Backup Power
System,48V40A,South,No Battery,with Chinese National Standard
AC Socket
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]Rechargeable battery,VRLA battery(front
access),48V,100Ah,battery group,single cell
520*110*264mm(max.)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 11 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Toy Cell System Configuration
    
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
   Antenna & Feeder
 PRICE LIST OF ANTENNA & FEEDER
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    Total4.1
    
    Antenna & Feeder4.1.1
    
    Satellite Antenna and FeedersANT-GPS-CBSC
    
    GPS Antenna and Feeders - CBSC
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]ANT-GPS-BTS
    
    GPS Antenna and Feeders - CBTS
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 12 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Exsisting Toy Cell EVDO-Rev A UPGRADE FOR IOT
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  UPGRADE OF EVDO-RevA IOT AT EXISTING LAB
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Existing
    
    Add
    
    Total5.1
    
    BTS3606A UPGRADE OF EVDO-RevA IOT5.1.1
    
    HardwareMain EquipmentQC-BCIM
    
    Controlling Interface Module (8E1/T1)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]CECM
    
    EV-DO processing Board(1 CPU,1
CSM6800)
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]QC-CBPE
    
    Abis Interface Packet Equipment over
E1/T1
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 Confidential
Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission

    
    Page 13 of 24 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 MSCe
 EQUIPMENT LIST OF MSCe
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Total1
    
    MSCe (1K subs )1.1
    
    MSCe HardwareKW-ISCAB
    
    Integrated Service Cabinet
    
    [***]Service Control ModuleKW-WSMU
    
    System Management Unit
    
    [***]KW-WSIU
    
    System Interface Unit
    
    [***]KW-WHSC
    
    Hot-Swap and Control Unit
    
    [***]KW-WALU
    
    Alarm Unit
    
    [***]KW-WCDB
    
    Central Data Base Unit
    
    [***]KW-WIFM
    
    IP Forward Module
    
    [***]KW-WBFI
    
    Back insert FE Interface Unit
    
    [***]KW-WMGC
    
    Media Gateway Control Unit
    
    [***]KW-WBSG
    
    Broadband Signaling Gateway
    
    [***]KW-WCCU
    
    WirelessCalling Control Unit
    
    [***]KW-WVDB
    
    VLR Data Base Unit
    
    [***]KW-UPWR
    
    Universal Power
    
    [***]KW-SFRM
    
    Service Control Shelf
    
    [***]IMM ModuleKW-iGWB
    
    iGWB Server
    
    [***]KW-EXP400
    
    Disk Array EXP400
    
    [***]KW-DISK
    
    Hard Disk 73.4G
    
    [***]SW-WIN2000I
    
    Windows2000 Server(for iGWB)
    
    [***]KW-BAM
    
    BAM Server (Windows2000
Server&SQL Server)
    
    [***]KVM
    
    KVM I/O Control Desk
    
    [***]Lanswitch S3026c
    
    Quidway S3026c-48V Oversea
    
    [***]KW-EWS
    
    Emergency Workstation (Windows2000
Server&SQL Server)
    
    [***]Lanswitch 16*RJ45
    
    LANSWITCH-16*RJ45-100Mbps-110~240VAC English Documents
    
    [***]MO-CLT
    
    MO Clean Set-FUJITSU 3.5
    
    [***]KW-XPTU
    
    EXchange Protocol Transfer Unit(for Lawful interception system)
    
    [***]SW-WIN2000X
    
    Windows2000 Server(for XPTU)
    
    [***]
 Security Level:Confidential
    
    Confidential Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission
    
    Page 14 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 MSCe
 EQUIPMENT LIST OF MSCe
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    TotalAuxiliary EquipmentKW-DOC-MSX
    
    Technical Documents For CSOFTX3000 (Including CD-ROM)
    
    [***]Installation MaterialsIM-CB-GM
    
    MSC Installation Suite
    
    [***]MSCe Hardware1.2
    
    MSCe Software1)
    
    Basic SoftwareSWP-CSX-2GVMSC
    
    MSX Basic Software-2G (Per 1k Subs)
    
    [***]2)
    
    Optional SoftwareSWP-CMSCF-VMS
    
    Voice Mailbox Service (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-CW
    
    Call Waiting (CW) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-CT
    
    Call Transfer (CT) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-3WC
    
    Three-Way Calling (3WC) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-CC
    
    Conference Calling (CC) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-PPC
    
    Pre-Paid Charging (PPC) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-DATA
    
    Packet Data Serving Node (PDSN) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-LI
    
    Lawful Interception(Per 1k User)
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-OTAF
    
    Over The Air Function (OTAF) (Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]SWP-CMSCF-E911
    
    E911 Emergency call(Per 1k Service Subscriber)
    
    [***]MSCe SoftwareMSCe (1K subs )
 Security Level:Confidential
    
    Confidential Information of Huawei.
No Spreading without Permission
    
    Page 15 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI logo)
 MGW
 EQUIPMENT LIST OF MGW
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Total2
    
    MGW (1K subs)2.1
    
    MGW HardwareKW-MGWCAB
    
    UMG Cabinet
    
    [***]Media ModuleKW-MNET
    
    Packet Switch NET
    
    [***]KW-MOMU
    
    Operation & Maintaince Unit
    
    [***]KW-MTNU
    
    TDM central switching Net Unit
    
    [***]KW-MCLK
    
    Clock Board
    
    [***]KW-MPPB
    
    Protocol Processing Unit
    
    [***]KW-MT32
    
    32T1 port TDM interface board
    
    [***]KW-MCMF
    
    Front Connection Maintenance Unit
    
    [***]KW-MSPF
    
    Front Signalling Processing Board
    
    [***]KW-MECU
    
    Echo Canceller Unit
    
    [***]KW-MTCB4
    
    TransCode Unit B(TDM Tone)
    
    [***]KW-MTCB5
    
    TransCode Unit B(2048 MPTY CH )
    
    [***]KW-MRPU
    
    RTP Processing Unit
    
    [***]KW-ME8T
    
    8 port FE interface Board
    
    [***]KW-MFRM
    
    Media Gateway Shelf
    
    [***]Pinch BoardSHPU
    
    Signaling High level link Processing Unitt
    
    [***]Auxiliary EquipmentKW-DOC-UMG
    
    Technical Documents For UMG(Including CD-ROM)
    
    [***]Installation MaterialsCB-HD100-16E1-120
    
    120ohm/20m 16E1 Cable
    
    [***]IM-INS-MGW
    
    MGW Installation Suite
    
    [***]IWF Installation materialsMGW Hardware2.2
    
    MGW SoftwareBasic SoftwareSWP-MGW-2GVMSC
    
    VMSC Basic Software-2G per k subs
    
    [***]
 Security Level:Confidential
    
    Confidential Information of Huawei
No Spreading without Permission
    
    Page 16 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI logo)
 MGW
 EQUIPMENT LIST OF MGW
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    TotalBasic SoftwareOptional SoftwareSWP-MGW-64EC
    
    64ms Echo Canceller Per 1K Service Subscriber
    
    [***]SWP-MGW-CSDLI
    
    CSD Lawful Interception Per Subscriber
    
    [***]Optional SoftwareMGW SoftwareMGW (1K subs)
 Security Level:Confidential
    
    Confidential Information of Huawei
No Spreading without Permission
    
    Page 17 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 CBSC (Mini)
 LIST OF CBSC MAIN EQUIPMENT
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Total2.1
    
    CBSC6600 ( CBTS: 4 TRX: 24 ;1X Channel: 384 )2.1.1
    
    CBSC Hardware and OS SoftwareQC-BCCTR
    
    CCTR Cabinet
    
    [***]QC-BCBUR
    
    CBUR Cabinet
    
    [***]CRPSQC-CBIE0
    
    ATM Reverse Multiplex Interface Board  QC11CBIE0
    
    [***]QC-CRMU
    
    Resource Management Board
    
    [***]QC-CMUX
    
    Multiplex Board
    
    [***]QC-CPPU
    
    Packet Processing Board
    
    [***]QC-CBPU
    
    Buffer Board
    
    [***]QC-CHAC
    
    Highspeed Access Board
    
    [***]QC-CPCU
    
    PCF Control Board
    
    [***]QC-KCRPS
    
    Shelf Component Set- CRPS Module
    
    [***]CIMSQC-BAM
    
    BAM
    
    [***]SW-WIN2000
    
    Windows 2000 Server English -5Users
    
    [***]SW-SQL
    
    SQL Server 2000-5 Users
    
    [***]KVM-3in1
    
    KVM-3in1
    
    [***]QC-TCCTS
    
    Emergency Workstation
    
    [***]HUB
    
    Switch Hub
    
    [***]LS-GSIU
    
    1000Base-LX Long Wavelength SMF Module (SC 10km)
    
    [***]CIPS(1X&DO)QC-CBIE0
    
    ATM Reverse Multiplex Interface Board  QC11CBIE0
    
    [***]QC-CFMR
    
    Radio Frame Processing Board
    
    [***]QC-CEVD
    
    Voice Processing Board (Without Echo Canceller)
    
    [***]QC-CMUX
    
    Multiplex Board
    
    [***]QC-CLAP
    
    Signaling Processing Board (Narrowband)
    
    [***]QC-CSPU
    
    Service Processing Board
    
    [***]QC-CAIE0
    
    E1/T1 Interface Board  QC11CAIE0
    
    [***]QC-KCIPS
    
    Shelf Component Set- CIPS Module
    
    [***]
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 18 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 CBSC (Mini)
 LIST OF CBSC MAIN EQUIPMENT
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    TotalCLKMQC-GCKM
    
    Board Set-BSC6600-QC11GCKM0-CBSC
GPS/GLONASS&Clock Processing Board Set/With M12+
Card
    
    [***]Auxiliary EquipmentGM-ALMZ
    
    General Alarm Box
    
    [***]DOC-GM-CBSC
    
    Technical Documents For CBSC (Including CD-ROM)
    
    [***]Installation MaterialsCAB-T1-100-20m
    
    20m T1 Cable- 100ohm-8T1
    
    [***]CAB-OPTICAL-2m
    
    Optical Cable Between HAC And Lanswitch-2m
    
    [***]GM-GLD
    
    Wall-Type Closed Window for GPS Feeding Cable
    
    [***]Subtotal Price
    
    CBSC Hardware and OS Software2.1.2
    
    CBSC Software1)
    
    CBSC Basic SoftwareSW-CBSC-SYS
    
    BSS Software Per CH (02000CH)
    
    [***]SW-CBSC-DO
    
    CBSC EV-DO Software Per Throughput(Mbps)
    
    [***]2)
    
    BSS Optional SoftwareSWP-CBSCF-SM
    
    Point to Point Short Messages Per Service CH
    
    [***]SWP-CBSCF-PDS
    
    Packet Data Service (RC3/RC4) Per Service CH
    
    [***]SWP-CBSCF-HO1X/DO
    
    Handoff between CDMA2000 1xEV-DO and CDMA2000 1x
Per DO Service CH
    
    [***]Subtotal Price
    
    CBSC SoftwareSubtotal Price
    
    CBSC6600 ( CBTS: 4 TRX: 24 ;1X Channel: 384 )
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 19 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 CBTS
 LIST OF CBTS EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Total2.2.a
    
    BTS3606A (S222 with 4 PCS CSM5000 0 ODU(s) 25W 3 EV-DO TRX )1)
    
    Main EquipmentQC-QB6BHXC
    
    BTS3606A Cabinet(Heat-Exchanger Cabinet-
240V; without Heater and Lamp and External
battery)
    
    [***]QC-BCKM2
    
    Main Clock Board (with GPS Card)
    
    [***]QC-52BCIM
    
    Control Interface Board  QC52BCIM
    
    [***]QC-CCPM4
    
    128-Channel Processing Board
    
    [***]QC-CECM1
    
    EV-DO 24-Channel Processing Board
    
    [***]QC-CTRM
    
    Compact-BTS Transceiver Module
    
    [***]QC-CHPA
    
    Compact-BTS High Power Amplifier
    
    [***]QC-BRFM
    
    RF Fan Module
    
    [***]QC-CDDU
    
    Compact-BTS Dual Duplexer Unit
    
    [***]QC-PSU
    
    Power Supply Unit
    
    [***]QC-PSU
    
    Power Supply Unit (AC/ DC)
    
    [***]HRS-PSM
    
    Power Supply Monitoring Unit
    
    [***]Main EquipmentCBTS Equipment Installation MaterialsIM-CM-CBTSCB
    
    CBTS Installation Set
    
    [***]GM-HAW-GND
    
    Grounding Hardware Combination
    
    [***]SFYZP-75-2*8
    
    75ohm Trunk Cable-20m-4E1-DB25
    
    [***]SWYVP-120-4*2*0.5
    
    120ohm Trunk Cable-20m-4E1-DB25
    
    [***]SWYVP-100-4*2*0.5
    
    100ohm Trunk Cable-20m-4T1-DB25
    
    [***]LC/PC-FC/PC
    
    OFC Connector-2mm-50m
    
    [***]GM-JMP-1
    
    Jumper (m)
    
    [***]GM-JMP-CON-DIN
    
    Jumper Connector-DIN
    
    [***]CBTS Equipment Installation MaterialsCBTS Hardware2)
    
    SoftwareSW-CBTS-BASIC
    
    CBTS Software per 128-Channel Processing Board
    
    [***]SW-CBTS-BASIC
    
    CBTS Software per 96-Channel Processing Board
    
    [***]
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 20 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 CBTS
 LIST OF CBTS EQUIPMENT & ACCESSORIES
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    TotalSW-CBTS-BASIC
    
    CBTS Software per 64-Channel Processing Board
    
    [***]SW-CBTS-BASIC
    
    CBTS Software per 32-Channel Processing Board
    
    [***]SW-CBTS-EVDO
    
    CBTS Software per EV-DO TRX
    
    [***]CBTS SoftwareBTS3606A (S222 with 4 PCS CSM5000 0 ODU(s) 25W 3 EV-DO TRX )3)
    
    Feeder Installation MaterialsFSJ4-50B
    
    Special Jumper (3.5m)
    
    [***]GM-PRO-TAP
    
    Waterproof Tape
    
    [***]
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 21 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 ANTENNA & FEEDER
 LIST OF ANTENNA & FEEDER
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Total2.5
    
    Antenna and Feeder2.5.1
    
    Satellite Antenna and FeedersANT-GPS-CBSC
    
    GPS Antenna and Feeders  CBSC
    
    [***]ANT-GPS-CBTS
    
    GPS Antenna and Feeders  CBTS
    
    [***]Subtotal Price
    
    Satellite Antenna and Feeders2.5.2
    
    BTS Antenna (1900M)27010157
    
    Kathrein 739496 (1710~1990MHZ, 65deg -18dBi
-Vertical polarization)
    
    [***]Subtotal Price
    
    BTS Antenna (1900M)2.5.3
    
    FeedersLDF5-50
    
    Feeders-7/8"-m
    
    [***]CON-DIN-7/8
    
    Feeder Connector-7/8
    
    [***]GM-FED CLP / 3 FED- 7/8
    
    Feeder Clamp For Triple Cable-7/8
    
    [***]PLGT-7/8
    
    Lightning Protection Grounding Clip-7/8
    
    [***]GM-JMP-CON-DIN
    
    Jumper Connector-DIN
    
    [***]Subtotal Price
    
    Feeders2.5.4
    
    Feeder Installation MaterialsBTS-FINSTALL
    
    BTS3606A (S222 with 4 PCS CSM5000 0 ODU(s)
25W 3 EV-DO TRX )
    
    [***]BTS-FINSTALL
    
    BTS3606A (S222 with 0 PCS CSM5000 0 ODU(s) 25W 6 EV-DO TRX )
    
    [***]Subtotal Price
    
    Feeder Installation MaterialsSubtotal Price
    
    Antenna and Feeder
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 22 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 L3-iManager M2000
 LIST OF M2000 MAIN EQUIPMENT
 QTYNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Total4
    
    M2000 (Network Elements: 2, Remote Sites: 0 )4.1
    
    Hardware and OS Software1)
    
    Servers and OS SoftwareM2000-SVR-SIMPLE
    
    M2000 Server-Blade 150 (Single)
    
    [***]M2000-SVR-Service
    
    Blade 150 (Single) Workstation Service-SUN-USA- One Year Gold+ Service
    
    [***]SW-SUN-Solaris
    
    SUN Solaris OS
    
    [***]SW-Sybase
    
    Tools Software, Sybase Adaptive Server
    
    [***]Switch HUB
    
    Switch Hub ( +220V AC)
    
    [***]2)
    
    TerminalsM2000-OMT
    
    Operating & Maintenance Terminal
    
    [***]M2000-ALM
    
    M2000 Alarm Center
    
    [***]PRN-24PIN
    
    Dot Matrix Printer
    
    [***]9)
    
    Auxiliary EquipmentSUN-DAT72
    
    Tape Drive-SUN-DAT72
    
    [***]MODEM-56K
    
    Internal 56k Modem for Alarm Center and Dial Server
    
    [***]SW-PC Anywhere
    
    Symantec PC Anywhere-11.0-English Version for Win95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP
    
    [***]TAPE-4mm 12G
    
    DDS3/4mm/12G Cassettes for IBM01K1282
    
    [***]DOC-GM-M2000
    
    Technical Documents For M2000 (Including CD-ROM)
    
    [***]10)
    
    Tool BoxesTOOL-SWITCH
    
    Tool Boxes For NSS
    
    [***]TOOL-CDMA BSS
    
    Tool Boxes For BSS
    
    [***]Subtotal Price
    
    M2000 Hardware and OS Software4.2
    
    SoftwareM2000 Software1)
    
    M2000 Basic SoftwareSWP-M2000-ADAPTER
    
    CDMA Adapter Package
    
    [***]SWP-M2000-BSS
    
    BSS NMS Software Per CH
    
    [***]SWP-M2000-PDSN
    
    PDSN NMS Software Per PPP Session
    
    [***]SWP-MAPX
    
    Tools Software, MAPX Open License
    
    [***]
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 23 of 24
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Existing Test Lab Equipment List
    
    (HUAWAEI LOGO)
 L3-iManager M2000
 LIST OF M2000 MAIN EQUIPMENT
 No.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    QTY
Total
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 24 of 24




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and
Restated System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or
inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit K
 NorthWest Market Upgrade (IP Interface)
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  Media Gateway
 ITEM LIST OF MGW EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    TotalMidHuge MGW (34.021K subs)1.2.1
    
    Basic EquipmentMedia ModuleUG-MHRU
    
    Mobile Network High-speed Routing Unit
    
    [***]UG-MVPD2
    
    Mobile Network Voice Processing Unit D(1K TC,64ms EC)
    
    [***]KW-ME8T
    
    Mobile Network 8-port 10/100M Ethernet Interface Board
    
    [***]KW-MNLU
    
    Mobile network Link Unit
    
    [***]1.2.2
    
    SoftwareOptional SoftwareSWP-EVRC-4GVNB
    
    EVRC-B (4GV-NB) (per CH)SWP-UMGV-TrFO
    
    TrFO Function per k subsSWP-UMGV-RTO
    
    Remote Transcoder Operation (RTO)(per k subs)
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 1 of 5
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Exhibit K
 NorthWest Market Upgrade (IP Interface)
    
    (HUAWAI LOGO)
  Media Gateway
 ITEM LIST OF MGW EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    TotalMidHuge MGW (26.863K subs)1.1.1
    
    Basic EquipmentMedia ModuleUG-MHRU
    
    Mobile Network High-speed Routing Unit
    
    [***]UG-MVPD2
    
    Mobile Network Voice Processing Unit D(1K TC,64ms EC)
    
    [***]KW-ME8T
    
    Mobile Network 8-port 10/100M Ethernet Interface Board
    
    [***]KW-MNLU
    
    Mobile network Link Unit
    
    [***]1.1.2
    
    SoftwareOptional SoftwareSWP-EVRC-4GVNB
    
    EVRC-B (4GV-NB) (per CH)SWP-UMGV-TrFO
    
    TrFO Function per k subsSWP-UMGV-TrFO
    
    Remote Transcoder Operation (RTO)(per k subs)
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 2 of 5
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Exhibit K
 NorthWest Market Upgrade (IP Interface)
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  BSC6600
 ITEM LIST BSC6600 MAIN EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Total2.1
    
    BSC6600 ( CBTS: 55 TRX:450;Channel:6248 )2.1.1
    
    HardwareCIPS Module(1X)QC-CAPF
    
    A Interface Packet Equipment over FE
    
    [***]2.1.2
    
    SoftwareOptional SoftwareSWP-EVRC-4GVNB
    
    EVRC-B (4GV-NB)SWP-CBSCF-TFO
    
    Tandem Free Option Per CH
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 3 of 5
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Exhibit K
 NorthWest Market Upgrade (IP Interface)
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  BSC6600
 ITEM LIST BSC6600 MAIN EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Total2.1
    
    BSC6600 ( CBTS: 34 TRX:303;Channel:3888 )2.1.1
    
    HardwareCIPS Module(1X)QC-CAPF
    
    A Interface Packet Equipment over FE
    
    [***]2.1.2
    
    SoftwareOptional SoftwareSWP-EVRC-4GVNB
    
    EVRC-B (4GV-NB)SWP-CBSCF-TFO
    
    Tandem Free Option Per CH
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 4 of 5
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Exhibit K
 NorthWest Market Upgrade (IP Interface)
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
  BSC6600
 ITEM LIST BSC6600 MAIN EQUIPMENT
 QuantityNo.
    
    Item
    
    Description
    
    Total2.1
    
    BSC6600 ( CBTS: 36 TRX:288;Channel:4064 )2.1.1
    
    HardwareCIPS Module(1X)QC-CAPF
    
    A Interface Packet Equipment over FE
    
    [***]2.1.2
    
    SoftwareOptional SoftwareSWP-EVRC-4GVNB
    
    EVRC-B (4GV-NB)SWP-CBSCF-TFO
    
    Tandem Free Option Per CH
 HUAWEI CONFIDENTIAL
    
    
    
    Page 5 of 5
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Exhibit L
 ENVIRONMENTAL
REQUIREMENTS




---



##### 



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 1
    
    Introduction
    
    
    22
    
    Environmental requirements for switch room
    
    
    22.1
    
    Temperature and humidity requirements
    
    
    22.2
    
    Cleanness Requirements
    
    
    22.3
    
    Noise
    
    
    32.4
    
    Atmospheric Pressure
    
    
    32.5
    
    Civil work in equipment room
    
    
    32.6
    
    Safety requirements
    
    
    52.7
    
    Grounding requirements
    
    
    52.8
    
    Anti-Shock Measures
    
    
    73
    
    Environmental requirements for outdoor CBTS3606AE
    
    
    73.1
    
    Requirements for the climate
    
    
    73.2
    
    Installation Request
    
    
    83.3
    
    Power Supply System of DC Cabinet
    
    
    93.4
    
    Power Supply System of AC Cabinet
    
    
    114
    
    Environment Requirement For Isite BTS/ ODU3601CE
    
    
    124.1
    
    Operation Environment Requirements
    
    
    124.2
    
    Installation Requirement
    
    
    15




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
 1
    
    IntroductionEnvironmental requirements involve the equipment room, grounding system, power supply
system, lighting, noise, temperature adjustment system, water supply system, etc. These
should be preceded in accordance with the results of the engineering designing and
drawing evaluated by both parties.2
    
    Environmental requirements for switch room2.1
    
    Temperature and humidity requirementsAir-conditioning equipment shall be installed in equipment room to adjust the indoor
temperature and humidity so as to ensure the effective operation of all equipment. The
requirements of temperature and humidity are shown as follows.
 WorkingCondition
    
    NSS,IN,SMC, OMC, BSC
    
    Storage & TransportationLong
Term
    
    Temperature
    
    
    59°F ~ 86°F
    
    
    
    -40°F ~ 158°FHumidity
    
    
    40%~65
    %
    
    
    5% ~ 100
    %Short
Term
    
    Temperature
    
    
    32°F ~ 113°F
    
    
    
    -40°F ~ 158°FHumidity
    
    
    20%~90
    %
    
    
    5% ~ 100
    %
 2.2
    
    Cleanness Requirements2.2.1
    
    Dust Quantity and Particle DiametersThe dusts inside CDMA2000 room may lead to electrostatic adherence causing poor contact
between metal plug-in units. This will reduce the life span of the equipment, and even
cause fatal faults or failures. Therefore, the indoor dust content of the CDMA2000 room
is required as follows:
 Maximum Diameter(μm)
    
    0.5
    
    1
    
    3
    
    5Maximum Density
(number of particles/per M3)
    
    
    14X10
    5
    
    
    7X10
    5
    
    
    24X10
    4
    
    
    13X10
    4
 The dust particle is non-conducting, non-magnetic and non-corrosive.




---



##### 



2.2.2
    
    Harmful GasesThere are strict requirements for salinity, acid and sulfide content inside equipment
room as well as dust content and particle diameter. The equipment room should also be
protected from the intrusion of harmful gases such as SO2, H2S,
NH3, NO2, etc., as these may cause corrosion of metals and thus
accelerate the aging of certain parts. The relevant restrictions are specified as
follows:
 Item
    
    Average (mg / m3)
    
    Maximum(mg / m3)SO2
    
    
    0.2
    
    
    
    1.5H2S
    
    
    0.006
    
    
    
    0.03NO2
    
    
    0.04
    
    
    
    0.15NH3
    
    
    0.05
    
    
    
    0.15CL2
    
    
    0.01
    
    
    
    0.3
 In addition, smoking is not allowed in the equipment room.2.3
    
    NoiseNoise in door <= 70dB.2.4
    
    Atmospheric PressureAtmospheric pressure from 1.08×105 to 5.1×104pa (-20 inches to +20
inches) is allowed.2.5
    
    Civil work in equipment room2.5.1
    
    AreaThe size of the equipment room shall be determined by the final capacity of the
switching equipment.The location of the equipment in the equipment room shall take into account of the
requirements on the maintenance passage.The minimum distance between the front of the racks and the wall should be 60~80 inches.The minimum distance between the rear of the racks and the wall should be 32~40 inches.The minimum width of the main aisles on the left and the right sides of the rack should
be 48~60 inches, and that of the secondary aisle should be 24~32 inches.The front of the rack is preferred to be opposite to the control room (where the
installation and maintenance terminal is positioned).




---



##### 



2.5.2
    
    HeightThe height from the beam to the floor should not be less than 120 inches and the indoors
clear height is preferably over 112 inches.2.5.3
    
    FloorFloor load (NSS, OMC, BSC, PDSN): > 100 lb./sq. ft.The floor shall be even and smooth.Equipment room floor materials must be static-proof. Only approved static-proof
semi-conductive floor leather or water-washed stones shall be used. NSS/BSS equipment
shall better use the static-proof movable floor boards, with supports 12 inches in
thickness. The base station can be directly installed on the water-washed stone floor.In the power room and battery room, the minimum floor loading requirement is 176 lb./
sq. ft.2.5.4
    
    Doors and WindowsThe exterior windows should be airtight and dust-proof.The door should be designed to facilitate equipment moving in and out. Double-leaf door
is recommended. If single-leaf door is used, its width should be no less than 48 inches.
The door should also be airtight and dust-proof.2.5.5
    
    Ceiling and Inner WallsThe equipment room ceilings, walls, doors, windows and floors must all be flush. to
reduce or eliminate intrusion of dust particles and accumulation of dusts and sand The
roof should be free of leaks and all decorative materials must be either non-flammable
or otherwise difficult to set on fire.All grooves must be well protected against moisture. Their angles and sides shall be
even and smooth, and the floors shall close tightly with the cover boards. Both the
lighting and the power cables shall better be laid underneath.2.5.6
    
    Relationship between CDMA2000 room and other areasIf the capacity of the CDMA2000 switching equipment is above the average, a single
equipment room is to be prepared and must be separated from the power distribution
equipment, transmission equipment, and maintenance terminal.If located on the same floor, the equipment room and the control room shall be
immediately next to the system equipment room so as to save control cables and for easy
terminal maintenance. It is best to install it on both sides of the system equipment
with glass walls separating the control room from the system equipment room. If the
system equipment room is not on the same floor with other rooms, the




---



##### 



line distribution room and power distribution room should be arranged on the floor under
the system equipment room.
 2.5.7
    
    ColorThe color of walls and ceilings shall be light and pleasing, and the paint shall be
non-glossy and devoid of silicon oxides.2.5.8
    
    IP Bearer Requirement
 Network condition
    
    Time Delay (One-Way)
    
    PER
    
    JitterGood
    
    £40ms
    
    £0.1%
    
    £1msNormal
    
    £100ms
    
    £1%
    
    £20msBad
    
    £400ms
    
    £5 %
    
    £60ms
 To ensure QoS, IP bearer network should at least meet the criteria that jitter should be
less than 10ms and PER should be less than 1%.2.5.9
    
    OthersThe construction of the equipment room, corridor, and other important areas must be
completed according with the specifications.The wall of the room must be dry enough.There must be enough grounding plates and power sockets in the equipment room.No water pipes are allowed to pass through the equipment room. If a heating system has
to be installed in the area, no valve is allowed inside the equipment room in order to
avoid water leakage.2.6
    
    Safety requirementsHigh-performance fire-fighting facilities shall be installed on the construction site.Distinctive labels must be attached onto the power sockets of different voltage ratings
inside the equipment room.Hazardous materials marked as inflammable and explosive items should not be allowed
inside the equipment room.Safety cover plate shall be positioned on the reserved holes of the floor.2.7
    
    Grounding requirementsGrounding guarantees the safe and stable operation of power supply and the CDMA2000
system equipment requiring special attention. In general, grounding includes the working
ground, protection ground, and building lightning-proof ground.




---



##### 



Normally, the working ground, protection ground, and building lightning-proof ground of
the equipment room shall be separately prepared. But, due to limitations of the
equipment room, combined grounding is also allowed.If separate grounding is used in the NSS equipment room the grounding resistance should
be less than 1W.If combined grounding is used in the NSS and BSS equipment room the grounding resistance
should be less than 1W.2.7.1
    
    Grounding system of the CDMA2000 equipmentOn the rack of the switching equipment, two grounding bolts, GND and PGND are prepared.
GND connects to the working ground of the switching equipment; inside, the various DC
working power grounds are already connected to the case. PGND is the secondary
protection circuit ground of the switching equipment trunk module, and can release
excess electrical charges from safety units when connected to earth.Single point grounding to earth can lead out separately from the grounding bolts (GND
and PGND) on the racks to connect to the equipment working ground.Lightning-proof measures for CDMA2000 system BTS equipment grounding:Outer conducting of the feeder shall be grounded via the feeder-grounding joint, while
the inner conducting of the feeder shall be grounded via the coaxial lightning rods.The lightning-proof grounding bar shall be installed outside the equipment room. The
conducting body of the indoor lightning rod support is also the discharging ground of
the lightning rod. It is connected via the 3 inches cable to the outdoor grounding rods.2.7.2
    
    Grounding requirements of the AC power distribution system
 1.
    
    The AC power distribution system requires an independent AC safety
ground, and the protection ground assures that the AC power will be cut off.2.
    
    Use of the power supply lightning-proof device can prevent interfering
signals from entering into and through the AC power network, to guarantee normal
operation of the AC power distribution system.3.
    
    The AC power supply provided to computers only requires the live and
neutral wires and no protection ground lines.4.
    
    For switches with unstable power networks, or without AC regulators,
over-voltage or under-voltage of the power network will lead to the damage of
terminal equipment. So inverting terminal equipment for the power supply is
recommended.5.
    
    Grounding solutions




---



##### 



Connection cables from the grounding rod to the equipment grounding bolts shall
have copper cores and shall be as short as possible.All grounding connection pieces shall have anti-corrosion protection.Grounding bolts must be fastened mechanically.A minimum distance of 50 foot is required between any two different grounds.
 2.7.3
    
    The AC Power SystemThe AC power supply to computer terminal needs only a live wire or wires and grounding
wire. The protective grounding shall not be used.The shell of the computer is required to connect with the protective grounding of the
equipment. If the computer power supply adopts Inverter, then the shell of the inverter
is also required to connect with the protective grounding of the equipment.Inside the equipment room, the customer shall provide an independent AC power supply for
equipment operation. In addition the customer should supply an electric generator to
supply standby AC power. The installation of the AC distribution panel, the battery
sets, and the generator shall meet requirements of the customers related
specifications.2.8
    
    Anti-Shock MeasuresThe following measures should be taken for the CDMA2000 equipment to resist earthquake
effects under the eighth grade.The CDMA2000 equipment racks are made of an advanced aluminum alloy, which are light and
sturdy. When the circuit boards are plugged into the rack, a locking device is engaged.
Therefore, all of the equipment can be shipped with the boards plugged in to guard
against any possible shock.The racks are fixed onto the ground with bolts.3
    
    Environmental requirements for outdoor CBTS3606AE3.1
    
    Requirements for the climate
 Item
    
    RangeTemperature
    
    Heat-exchanged cabinet: -40°C (-104°F) to 46°C (114.8°F)Temperature change rate
    
    o 3°C (37.4°F)/minRelative humidity
    
    5% to 100%Altitude
    
    o 4 km [2.49 miles]Atmospheric pressure
    
    70 kPa to 106 kPaSolar radiation
    
    o 1120 W/m2Heat radiation
    
    o 600 W/m2Wind speed
    
    o 50 m [164.04 ft.] /s




---



##### 



3.2
    
    Installation RequestCement Plinth for a Single BTS3606AE CabinetWhen installing a single BTS3606AE cabinet, cast a cement plinth.Figure 1 shows the outline and dimensions of the cement plinth.Figure 1 Outline and dimensions of the cement plinth
 
 The height of the cement plinth must meet the flood protection requirement in the local
area. The cement plinth should be at least 100 mm [3.94 in.] higher than the ground
surface. This helps protect the cabinet against water penetration in the case of heavy
rain or flood and ensures that the snow does not cover the air inlet at the lowest part
of the cabinet in the case of heavy snow.After the plinth is cast, use a level bar to measure the level and planeness of the
plinth. Ensure that the level error of the plinth and the planeness error of the upper
plane are not more than 5 mm [0.20 in.].Cement Plinth for a BTS3606AE Cabinet and a Battery CabinetWhen a BTS3606AE cabinet is configured with a battery cabinet, cast a cement plinth.Figure 2 shows the outline and dimensions of the cement plinth.Figure 2 Outline and dimensions of the cement plinth for the BTS3606AE cabinet and
battery cabinet




---



##### 



The requirements for the thickness, level, and planeness of the plinth are the same as
those for the installation of a single BTS3606AE cabinet.Cement Plinth for a Battery Cabinet in System ExpansionThe BTS3606AE cabinet is installed. When a battery cabinet is required for system
expansion, enlarge the cement plinth to the dimensions, as shown in Figure 2. The
requirements for the thickness, level, and planeness of the plinth are the same as those
for the installation of a single BTS3606AE cabinet.3.3
    
    Power Supply System of DC Cabinet
  3.3.1
    
    Input Power Supply




---



##### 



3.3.2
    
    Requirements for DC Power Supply




---



##### 



3.3.3
    
    High Frequency Switch Rectifier
   3.4
    
    Power Supply System of AC Cabinet
  3.4.1
    
    Input Power Supply
       3.4.2
    
    Requirements for AC Power Supply




---



##### 



Power Supply Mode
    
    Voltage RangeDirect mains mode
    
    The power supply voltage should not exceed the rated
voltage by +5% or 10% and should not exceed the range
allowed by the communication equipment. 

Otherwise, the power supply voltage must be adjusted.Indirect mains mode
    
    The power supply voltage should not exceed the rated
voltage by +10% or 15% and should not exceed the
range allowed by the DC power equipment.
Otherwise, the power supply voltage must be adjusted.
    Input Voltage
    
    90% to 110% of the nominal voltagePower Frequency
    
    98% to 102% of the nominal power frequencyVoltage Distortion
    
    The total harmonic wave component should be no greater
than 10%.
 4
    
    Environment Requirement For Isite BTS/ ODU3601CE4.1
    
    Operation Environment Requirements4.1.1
    
    Operation Environment




---



##### 



Temperature
    
    Relative Humidity40 oC to +52 oC [40oF to +125.6oF]
    
    5%100%
    Item

    RangeAltitude

    <= 4000 mAir pressure

    70 kPa106 kPaTemperature change rate

    <= 5 oC /minSolar radiation

    <= 1,120 W/m 2Rain

    <= 12.5 L/min ±0.625 L/min (IPX5)Wind speed

    <= 50 m/s




---



##### 



Physically Active Material
    
    Unit
    
    DensitySuspending dust
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 5Falling dust
    
    mg/m2.h
    
    <= 20Sands
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 300
      Requirements for chemically active materials in operation environment Chemically Active Material
    
    Unit
    
    DensitySO2
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 0.30H2S
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 0.10NH3
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 1.00Cl2
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 0.10HCl
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 0.10HF
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 0.01O3
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 0.05NO2
    
    mg/m3
    
    <= 0.5




---



##### 



Item
    
    Sub-item
    
    RangeSinusoidal vibration
    
    Offset
    
    <= 3.5 mm
    
    Accelerated speed
    
    
    
    <= 10.0 m/s2Frequency range
    
    2 Hz9 Hz
    
    9 Hz200 HzUnsteady impact
    
    Impact response spectrum II
    
    <= 100 m/s2Static payload
    
    0
    4.2
    
    Installation Requirement
   No.
    
    Item
    
    Requirement1
    
    Site selection
    
        The site shall not be full of dust and harmful
gases or be subject to a high temperature, flammable
materials, explosive materials, electromagnetic
interference (large-sized radar station, radio
transmitting station, electric substation), or instable
voltage.    The site shall not be subject to frequent heavy
quakes or strong noises and far away from all kinds of
pollution resources.    During engineering planning, you shall select a
site suitable for outdoor communications equipment by
taking into such factors as hydrology, geology,
earthquake, electric power, and transportation.    It is advised not to install a BTS in a place
close to the seaside. The distance from the seaside shall
be greater than 500 m. The intake of the cabinet shall be
opposite to the wind from the sea.




---



##### 



No.
    
    Item
    
    Requirement2
    
    Site construction
    
        In the single pole installation mode, we need
install three equipment with the same level. The angel
between two equipment is around 120 °3
    
    Environment
    
    The temperature and humidity specified requirment see
above description.4
    
    Grounding resistance
    
        The working ground and protection ground of all
the communications devices inside the site shall work in
the mode of joint grounding. That is to say, the working
ground and protection ground shall share the same ground
counterpoise. All the communications equipment and
corresponding auxiliary equipment (mobile BTSs,
transmission devices and power supply units) in the same
communications site shall be well grounded and connected
to the same grounding bus bar.    The grounding resistance shall be smaller than 5
W. For the regions where the thunderstorm days are
smaller than 20, the resistance can be smaller than 10
W.    The upper end of the grounding conductor shall be
at least 0.7 m above the ground. In the frigid climate,
the grounding conductor shall be buried under the frozen
soil.5
    
    Grounding inlead
    
    The grounding inlead shall be no more than 30 m long. You
shall select the galvanized steel flat with the cross
sectional area of either 40 mm × 4 mm or 50 mm × 5 mm.




---



##### 



No.
    
    Item
    
    Requirement6
    
    AC voltage
    
        The AC voltage of the equipment room is kept
between 90 V AC and 135 V AC (the rated frequency should
be between 47 Hz and 63 Hz). The AC power distribution
switches and the AC power cables are installed in
position.    When the stability of the voltage does not meet
the requirements, you shall take necessary measures either
by using a voltage regulator or voltage stabilizer.    If the power protection device is installed before
the power interface box, the specifications of its through
current shall be greater than or equal to those of the MCB
inside the power interface box.    You shall not install the creepage protection
device to the power protection device installed before the
power interface box.7
    
    AC grounding
    
    The AC power supply system shall have its independent AC
safety ground.8
    
    Lightning protection
    
        The AC lightning protection box shall be installed
to the AC power supply system of the equipment room. The
cross sectional area of the grounding cable of the box
shall be greater than 25 mm2. The cable shall shorter than
30 m.    In plains, the protection angle of the antenna
shall be smaller than 45°. In mountainous regions or
regions where thunders frequently occur, the angle shall
be smaller than 30°.9
    
    Trunk cable
    
    Do not route the trunk cables overhead outdoors. If you
have to, you shall use double-shielded or metal-shielded
cables. The outer shielding layer or the metal shielding
of the cable shall be connected to the protection
grounding bar of the equipment room.10
    
    Transmission system
    
    The Transmission equipment working temperature should
reach 149 °F.




---



##### 



No.
    
    Item
    
    Requirement11
    
    Antenna and feeder system
    
        The stands of the antenna are installed as
required.    The lightning arrester of the antenna and feeder
system is installed as required and is well grounded.
 2. Steel pole and requirement
 (1)
    
    The length of pole should be 10m at least, with diameter of
190mm at least, its performance should be meet the requirement.(2)
    
    The top of steel pole should be blocked up, mainly to
prevent from water after iSite/ODU is to run.(3)
    
    The buried length must be calculated by capsizing, the
minimum buried length is listed as table below:
 Height of pole(m)
    
    
    8.0
    
    
    
    9.0
    
    
    
    10.0
    
    
    
    11.0
    
    
    
    12.0
    
    
    
    13.0
    
    
    
    15.0
    
    
    
    18.0Buried length(m)
    
    
    1.5
    
    
    
    1.6
    
    
    
    1.7
    
    
    
    1.8
    
    
    
    1.9
    
    
    
    2.0
    
    
    
    2.3
    
    
    
    2.6~«3.0
 (4)
    
    Special handling required when it erected at places where
there exists soft soil, drift sand or solid rocks.(5)
    
    The pole hole of common ground must be paved underpan in cement , with
dimension of 80×80×210cm.(6)
    
    For iSite/ODU installing on bad ground, which is necessary
to span 4 cables in two side, the rate of distance height should be 1:1, and
buried height should meet the requirement; if it is installed on the slope,
the height of hole should be calculated from the lowest side of slope;(7)
    
    vertical angle of pole should be 2/1000 of height of pole
at most.(8)
    
    Earthquake resistance: One grade above the local breaking
strength.(9)
    
    Wind load: Peak wind speed (km/h or m/s) 10 meters above
the ground in a decade.
 3. Antenna pole




---



##### 








---



##### 








---



##### 



EXHIBIT M
 
 In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Introduction
  1 System Summary
  System
    
    Core Network
    
    Radio Access
    
    Others1xRTT
    
    MSC Server
    
    BSC (1X/1xEV-DO)1xEV-DO Rev. A
    
    Media Gateway
    
    BTS (dual band PCS/AWS)TrFO/RTO
    
    Backhaul Enhancement/IP over T1Open IOS Interface
    
    REMOTE BSC/MGW SupportIOS v5.0.1 Packet Interface
    
    ODU remote RF moduleEVRC-B/4GV-NB Vocoder




---



##### 



2 Capacity & Performance Requirements
   Assumption Parameter
    
    ValueAverage busy hour mobile traffic
    
    0.075 ErlAverage mobile call duration
    
    120sAverage busy hour trunk traffic
    
    0.8 ErlAverage busy signaling traffic
    
    0.2Erl /64k
0.1Erl/ 1.5MVoice activaty rate
    
    0.4Average trunk call duration
    
    120sCPU usage
    
    80%Trunk blocking rate
    
    1%Air interface blocking rate
    
    2%Ratio of # of SMS subs to # of total subs
    
    80%Ratio of # of VMS subs to # of total subs
    
    90%Soft handoff rate (Primary Erlang/ Wash Code Erlang)
    
    50%
 2.1 Switching Network
 2.1.1 MSCe Capacity
 MSCe Capacity (Maximum)Description
    
    Traffic Intensity
    
    BHCA
    
    SubscribersMSCe
    
    135k Erlangs @ 120 
sec. AHT
(Note 1)
    
    4800k BHCA (Note 2)
    
    1.69 M (Note 3)




---



##### 



2.1.2 MGW Capacity
 MGW CapacityDescription
    
    Traffic Intensity
    
    BHCA
    
    SubscribersMGW
    
    76K Erlangs @ 120 sec. 
AHT
(note 1)
    
    2700k BHCA (note 2)
    
    1.01 M (note 3)
    2.1.3 Number of T1s Supported
 MGW  # of T1sDescription
    
    # of T1 links
    
    # of FEMGW
    
    4000
    
    112
 2.1.4 Number of MGWs Supported




---



##### 



MSC  # of MGWsDescription
    
    # of MGWsMSCe
    
    300 (note )
  2.1.5 Number of BSCs Supported
  MSCe  # of BSCsDescription
    
    # of BSCsMSCe
    
    64 (note )
   MGW  # of BSCsDescription
    
    # of BSCsMGW
    
    64 (note )
  2.1.6 Switching Network Capacity Growth
  MSCe  Capacity Growth2008
    
    
    
    2009
    
    
    
    2010BHCA
    
    
    4800K
    
    
    Note 1
    
    Note 1Erlang
    
    
    135KMGW  Capacity Growth2008
    
    
    
    2009
    
    
    
    2010BHCA
    
    
    2700k
    
    
    Note 1
    
    Note 1Erlang
    
    
    76K




---



##### 



2.2 Core Network Reliability
   2.3 BSC (1X & 1xEV-DO)
  2.3.1 BSC Capacity
 BSC Capacity (1X traffic)Description
    
    Traffic Intensity
    
    BHCABSC
    
    50k Erlangs @ 120 sec. AHT (note 1)
    
    7,800,000 BHCA (note 2)
   2.3.2 BSC Capacity for 1xEV-DO
 BSC Capacity for 1xEV-DO OnlyDescription
    
    Total FL Throughput
    
    RL Throughput
    
    # of UATI Sessions
    
    # of Active ConnectionsBSC
    
    3,000 Mbps (Note 1, 2)
    
    See Note 2
    
    630k
    
    60k




---



##### 



2.3.3 Number of BTSs Supported
  BSC  # of BTSsDescription
    
    # of BTSs
    
    # of BTSs (EV-DO)BSC
    
    2000 3-sector BTSs (or 6000
sector-carrier) (note 1)
    
    6000 sector-carrier
(note 1)
   2.4 Sector Airlink Capacity
 Embedded Sector Erlang CapacityDescription
    
    EVRC
    
    EVRC-B/4GV-NBAverage Power per Primary Erlang not to
exceed 33% of Pilot Power
    
    See 2.3.1 below.Average power per Primary Erlang: 0.61 W
  -
    
    Measured power for calculation to not include Overhead Channel Power-

    
    FER Set Point not to exceed 2%-

    
    2% air interface soft blocking-

    
    70% air interface capacity-

    
    50% SHO-

    
    Overhead channel power account to 33%.-

    
    20 watt transmitting power per sector carrier.




---



##### 



-

    
    Calculate Average Power Per Primary Erlang at the following intervals after commercial
launch to ensure compliance:
 o

    
    60 Dayso
    
    180 Days
  2.4.1 Support for EVRC-B/4GV-NB Vocoder
   Interference Cancellation
    
    §     FL Pilot, Overhead and Traffic channels interference cancellation§     25% FL capacity improvement§     1.9dB link improvement in highly loaded networks
 2.5 Channel Card
  2.6 Optical Distribution Unit (ODU)




---



##### 



2.6.1 BTS/ODU Operating Environment
 BTS Climate RequirementDescription
    
    Ambient Temperature
    
    Relative HumidityBTS
    
    Heat-exchanged cabinet: -40°C
to +52°C [-40°F to 125.6°F]
    
    5% to 100%ODU
    
    -40°C to +52°C [-40°F to +125.6°F]
    
    5% to 100%
 2.7 IP Network Tolerance
  IP Backbone Capacity and Quality ToleranceDescription
    
    Time Delay (one-way)
    
    PER
    
    JitterBSC-MGW
    
    <100ms
    
    <1%
    
    <20msBSC-BTS
    
    < 250ms
    
    <1%
    
    < 25 ms
  2.8 Backhaul Enhancement
  IP over T1 - # of Voice ChannelsDescription
    
    # of VCsPer T1 (1.544 Mbps)
    
    160 per T1 (note 1)




---



##### 



2.9 Routers
  2.10 Transcoder Free Operations
  -
    
    Improve voice quality by reducing unnecessary transcoding stages between 2 telecommunication points-

    
    Cost reduction in vocoder resources with placement of vocoders in MGW-

    
    Transmission cost savings with compressed voice packets instead of full frame PCM
  2.11 Open IOS Interface
 rd
 A.S0011-C v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 1 Overview (IOS v5.0.1)
    
    IOS v5.0.1A.S0012-C v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 2 Transport (IOS v5.0.1)
    
    IOS v5.0.1




---



##### 



A.S0013-C v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 3 Features (IOS v5.0.1)
    
    IOS v5.0.1A.S0014-C v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 4 (A1, A1p, A2, and A5 Interfaces) (IOS v5.0.1)
    
    IOS v5.0.1A.S0011-A v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 1 Overview
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0011-A v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 1 Overview
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0011-A v2.0.1
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 1 Overview
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0011-B v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 1 Overview
    
    IOS 4.3.1A.S0012-A v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 2 Transport
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0012-A v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 2 Transport
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0012-A v2.0.1
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 2 Transport
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0012-B v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 2 Transport
    
    IOS 4.3.1A.S0013-A v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 3 Features
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0013-A v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 3 Features
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0013-A v2.0.1
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 3 Features
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0013-B v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 3 Features
    
    IOS 4.3.1A.S0014-A v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 4 (A1, A2 and A5 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0014-A v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 4 (A1, A2 and A5 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0014-A v2.0.1
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 4 (A1, A2 and A5 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0014-B v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 4 (A1, A2, and A5 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3.1A.S0015-A v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 5 (A3 and A7 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0015-A v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 5 (A3 and A7 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3




---



##### 



A.S0015-A v2.0.1
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 5 (A3 and A7 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0015-B v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 5 (A3 and A7 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3.1A.S0016-A v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 6 (A8 and A9 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0016-A v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 6 (A8 and A9 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0016-A v2.0.1
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 6 (A8 and A9 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0016-B v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 6 (A8 and A9 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3.1A.S0017-A v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 7 (A10 and A11 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0017-A v2.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 7 (A10 and A11 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0017-A v2.0.1
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 7 (A10 and A11 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3A.S0017-B v1.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for cdma2000 Access Network Interfaces  Part 7 (A10 and A11 Interfaces)
    
    IOS 4.3.1A.S0008-0 v3.0
    
    Interoperability Specification (IOS) for High Rate Packet Data (HRPD) Access Network Interfaces
    
    TIA-878-1 pub
 2.12 Regulatory Features and Functionality




---



##### 



EXHIBIT N
 
 In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Introduction
  1 New Technology Summary
  System
    
    Core Network
    
    Radio Access Network
    
    Others1xEV-DO Rev. A
    
    Open Media Gateway
Interface
    
    Femto Cell TechnologyWiMax/TDD
    
    
    
    Smart AntennaBTS for WiMax/TDD
Overlay with 1xEV-DOTrFO/RTO Support for
EVRC-B/4GV-NB
Vocoder1xEV-DO Rev. A QoS




---



##### 



2 Capacity and Performance Requirements
  2.1 BTS Upgrade
 2.1.1 WiMax/TDD Overlay
   2.2 TrFO/RTO for EVRC-B
  2.3 Open Media Gateway Interface
  
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



2.4 Femto Cell
   
    
    Support Geographical Power Amplifier Radiation Control to prevent radiating when not in
Owner and related entities licensed spectrum.
    
    Provide software to setup and control PA output power.
    
    Support different backhaul types including DSL, cable, Wimax, dial up connections, if
chipset is capable to deal with these backhaul types.
    
    Support QoS control to guarantee quality of user experience.
    
    Be able to control Femto system acquisition without CDMA standard changes. E.g.: use
of PRL to achieve access control, if chipset is capable to support this feature.
    
    Control unauthorized access.
    
    Support performance and capacity to allow no less than 4 simultaneous users per
technology, if chipset capable on these connection..
  2.5 Smart Antenna
   
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



2.6 1xEV-DO Rev. A QoS
 2.6.1 RADIUS Attributes
  2.6.2 Inter-User QoS
   2.6.3 Intra-User QoS
  
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Exhibit O
 In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Vendor System Evolution Commitment
 1.
    
    Vendor commits to support Dual band (PCS & AWS) CDMA2000 BTS (in a single cabinet) and over a
common coaxial cable with less than 0.5 dB combining loss within [***] after the effective
date of new A66 SEPA.2.
    
    Vendor commits to support Dual band (PCS & AWS) switched from a single soft switch within
[***] after the effective date of new A66 SEPA.3.
    
    Vendor commits to support Dual band (PCS & AWS) BTS backhaul to a single BSC within [***]
after the effective date of new A66 SEPA.4.
    
    Vendor commits to support WiMax/FDD on PCS and AWS spectrum if Owner or any Related Entity
publicly announces to commercially launch a WiMax/FDD network and a significant business is
granted to Huawei.
 
    
    Commitment will include WiMax and CDMA2000 on PCS and AWS spectrum in the same
existing BTS cabinet. The existing CDMA2000 system and the WiMax/FDD system will share
the same power, backhaul and antenna feeders with a maximum of 0.5 dB additional
insertion loss. Vendor will provide the MFC price to Owner as set forth in Section 5.1
of SEPA.
    
    Vendor believes that WiMax in AWS with FDD mode is one of the tasks industry is
paying more attention to. IEEE 802.16m standard which is supported considerably by
Huawei has put that consideration in priority and is planned to advance the completion
of 16m standard in [***]. Vendor is willing to discuss with Leap regarding product
availability timeframe. The timeframe Vendor supports will harmonize market demand and
standard development.
 5.
    
    In the event that Owner or any Related Entity decides to deploy EVDO Rev B on PCS and AWS.
Vendor will commit to develop EV DO Rev B software upgrade version based on CSM6800 ASIC
hardware product, within [***] of the public announcement of such decision while a significant
business is granted to Huawei. Vendor will commit to develop EV DO Rev B based on CSM6850 ASIC
if requested by owner and if this solution is developed by Owners other infrastructure
vendors.
 
    
    Subject to general industry acceptance (including Qualcomm and deployment by at
least 1 US Tier 1 carrier (irrespective of whether or not a customer of Vendor.)
 6.
    
    In the event that Owner or any Related Entity decides to deploy EVDO Rev C (UMB) on PCS and
AWS, the Vendor will commit to develop UMB with CDMA2000 and UMB in the same existing BTS
cabinet. The existing CDMA2000 system and the UMB system will share the same power, backhaul
and antenna with a maximum of 0.5 dB additional insertion loss,. The general availability of
Huawei product offering is planned to be at [***]. Time can be considered moving ahead when
Owner decides an earlier commercial deployment and a significant business is granted to Huawei.
 
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 




    
    Subject to general industry acceptance (including Qualcomm and commercial
deployment by at least 1 US Tier 1 carrier (irrespective of whether or not a customer
of Vendor.)


7.
    
    In the event that Owner or any Related Entity decides to deploy LTE, the Vendor will commit
to develop LTE on AWS and PCS bands with CDMA2000 and LTE in the same existing BTS cabinet.
The existing CDMA2000 system and the LTE system will share the same power, backhaul and
antenna feeders with a maximum of 0.5 dB additional insertion loss. The general availability
time of Vendor LTE product is planned to be at [***]. The time can be considered moving ahead
when Owner decides an earlier commercial deployment and a significant business is granted to
Huawei. Vendor hopes to have another open dialogue with Owner between [***] and [***] to
further determine the GA time for LTE product in AWS and PCS bands.



    
    Subject to general industry acceptance (deployment by at least 1 US Tier 1 carrier
(irrespective of whether or not a customer of Vendor.))


8,
    
    VoIP In the event that Owner or any Related Entity decides to deploy VoIP over 1xEV-DO Rev.A,
the Vendor will commit to develop it on AWS and PCS band. The general availability time of this
feature is planned to be at [***].9.
    
    IMS, In the event that Owner or any Related Entity decides to deploy IMS architecture, the
Vendor will commit to be able to reprogram the supplied CSoft3000 MSCe and UMG8900 MGW hardware
platform to function in an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) architecture with reasonable hardware
upgrade/expansion to inter-work with other IMS components. The general available date for
Softswitch to MGCF and MGW to IM-MGW will be [***].10.
    
    FMC In the event that Owner or any Related Entity decides to deploy any FMC services, the
Vendor commit to provide solution based on IMS architecture. The general availability time of VCC
over IMS architecture is planned to be [***] after it is standardized in 3GPP2. The time can be
moving ahead when Owner decides an earlier commercial deployment and a significant business is
granted to Huawei. Vendor hopes to have another open dialogue with Owner between [***] and [***]
to further determine the GA time for FMC solutions. VCC Subject to general industry dual-mode
terminals.11.
    
    Vendor will comply to 3GPP2, 3GPP and IEEE standards requirement in supporting 3G and 4G
inter-operabilities wherever applicable. Vendor will in a timely manner develop interoperability
solutions between Owners or any Related Entity existing 3G network and Owners or any Related Entity
chosen 4G technology in compliance with standards from 3GPP, 3GPP2 and IEEE.12,
    
    Vendor will comply to 3GPP2, 3GPP and IEEE standards requirement in supporting channel
bandwidths wherever applicable, including 4G (LTE or UMB) with 1.25MHz bandwidth. Vendor commits to
making the Owners chosen 4G technology scalable in the infrastructure equipment from 1.25 MHz
channel bandwidth and upwards to 20 MHz channel bandwidth. As for WiMax/FDD, vendor commits to
making it scalable in the smallest increments specified by the standard.





|    |  |                                                                                            
|--- |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|*** |  | Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.





---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated System
Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by
giving precedence to the Agreement.
     
    
    Hardware items with Supplier part numbers, description, quantity, cost per item,
extended cost, applicable discounts and effective date(s).
    
    Software items with Supplier part numbers, description, quantity, cost per item,
extended cost, applicable discounts and effective date(s).
    
    Services with Supplier item numbers (when applicable), description, unit of measure,
cost per service, extended cost, applicable discounts and effective date(s).
  Purchasing@cricketcommunications.com




---



##### 






|LEAP A66 Market

Market Network Architecture


HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

www.huawei.com

In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and
Restated System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or
inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



---



##### 






|Network Dimension
   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail   Owner Traffic Detail
   Market   Covered Pops   Subs   Erlangs   Sites   F1   F2   F3   F2 6sec    MSCe   MGW   BSC
   Market A   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
   Market B   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
   Market C   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]
   OWNER Total   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]   [***]



* The number of Erlangs here are included [***]% overhead ratio.



* In the event of actual delivery of BTS/Cell site(s) quantity differs with the predetermined quantity as stated here, the
actual BTS/Cell site(s) quantity will be determined by Exhibit B Table-2.

_______________

***  Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



---



##### 






|[***]

















_______

***  Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



---



##### 



EXHIBIT R
    
    SYSTEM MAINTENANCE & OPERATION DOCUMENT LIST
 EXHIBIT R
 System Maintenance &
Operation Document List
 
 Huawei Technologies




---



##### 



EXHIBIT R
    
    SYSTEM MAINTENANCE & OPERATION DOCUMENT LIST
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
 EXHIBIT R
    
    
    0TABLE OF CONTENTS
    
    
    11 BSC
    
    
    22 BTS3606A
    
    
    23 Softswitch
    
    
    34 UMG8900
    
    
    3




---



##### 



EXHIBIT R
    
    SYSTEM MAINTENANCE & OPERATION DOCUMENT LIST
  1
    
    BSCcBSC6600 Technical Manual-System DescriptioncBSC6600 Technical Manual-System ArchitecturecBSC6600 Technical Manual-Interfaces and ProtocolscBSC6600 Technical Manual-System FunctioncBSC6600 Maintenance Manual-Parts ReplacementcBSC6600 Maintenance Manual-TroubleshootingcBSC6600 Maintenance Manual-Routine MaintenancecBSC6600 Maintenance Manual-Emergency MaintenancecBSC6600 Installation Manual-Software InstallationcBSC6600 Installation Manual-Hardware InstallationcBSC6600 Installation Manual-System CommissioningcBSC6600 Operation Manual-Data ConfigurationcBSC6600 Compliance and Safety ManualcBSC6600 Hardware Description Manual
 2
    
    BTS3606A EBTS3606AE Technical ManualBTS3606AE Cabinet Installation ManualBTS3606&3606AE Maintenance ManualBTS3606&3606AE Installation ReferenceBTS3606&3606AE Antenna & Feeder InstallationBTS3606&3606AE SI & SCBTS3606&3606AE Data Configuration ManualBTS3606&3606AE CDMA Base Station Documentation GuideBTS3606&3606AE Compliance and Safety Manual




---



##### 



EXHIBIT R
    
    SYSTEM MAINTENANCE & OPERATION DOCUMENT LIST
 BTS3606&3606AE Hardware Description Manual3
    
    SoftswitchCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Operation Manual-Routine OperationCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Feature -Description ManualCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Operation Manual-Data ConfigurationCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Technical Manual-System DescriptionCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Maintenance Manual-TroubleshootingCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Maintenance Manual-Routine MaintenanceCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Technical Manual-System ArchitectureCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center CDR User ManualCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Technical Manual-Service ProceduresCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Installation Manual-Hardware InstallationCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Installation Manual-System CommissioningCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Installation Manual-Software InstallationCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Maintenance Manual-Emergency MaintenanceCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Maintenance Manual-Parts ReplacementCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Performance Measurement ManualCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Compliance and Safety ManualCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Hardware Description ManualCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center Documentation GuideCSOFTX3000 Mobile SoftSwitch Center iGateway Bill User Manual4
    
    UMG8900UMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Maintenance Manual-TroubleshootingUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Operation Manual  Routine OperationUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Installation Manual  Hardware Installation




---



##### 



EXHIBIT R
    
    SYSTEM MAINTENANCE & OPERATION DOCUMENT LIST
 UMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Documentation GuideUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Installation Manual  Software InstallationUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Technical Manual  Architecture and PrincipleUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Maintenance Manual  Emergency MaintenanceUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Maintenance Manual  Parts ReplacementUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Maintenance Manual  Routine MaintenanceUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Operation Manual  Data ConfigurationUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Operation Manual  Performance ItemUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Operation Manual  Performance MeasurementUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Maintenance Manual  Fault CasesUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Installation Manual  System CommissioningUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Hardware Description ManualUMG8900 Universal Media Gateway Technical Manual  System Description




---



##### 



EXHIBIT S   [RESERVED]




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended
and Restated System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such
conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence to the
Agreement.
 Exhibit T
 CDMA System Product Description Document List
    
    (HUAWEI LOGO)
 1.
    
    System Description of CSOFTX3000  MSCe (MSC Server  Soft switch)2.
    
    System Description of UMG8900  MGW (Media Gateway)3.
    
    System Description of BSC6600  BSC (Base Station Controller)4.
    
    System Description of BTS3606AE  BTS (Outdoor Base Transceiver Station)5.
    
    System Description of ODU3601CE  DAS (Outdoor Distributed Antenna System)6.
    
    System Description of M2000  OA&M (Operation, Administration & Maintenance)




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit U
 Purchase Order (PO) Lead Time
 NOTES:
 1
    
    
    General Avaible(GA) Timeline
    
    [***]2
    
    
    Volume Shipping Timeline
    
    [***]3
    
    
    Monthly producation capability
    
    From [***] BTS to [***]
BTS after GA timeline. It
depends on the quantity
and other requirements
before GA timeline.4
    
    
    If these activity happen on USA or
China official holiday, the date
will be delayed according to the
holiday duration.5
    
    
    The receipt date of PO is different,
its lead time is different.Details
are as below.
  BTS3606AEFOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    
    Arrive in warehouse
    
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<200
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]201-300
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]301-400
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]401-500
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]501-600
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]601-700
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]701-800
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]901-1000
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1001-1100
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1101-1200
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1201-1300
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1301-1400
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1401-1500
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1501-1600
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 BSC SystemFOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    
    Arrive in warehouse
    
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<4
    
    within one week from Oct.30
    
    4 wks from the shipment
    
    6 wks from the shipment
    
    7 wks from the shipment
 MSCFOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    
    Arrive in warehouse
    
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<3
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 MGWFOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    
    Arrive in warehouse
    
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<3
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 M2000FOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    
    Arrive in warehouse
    
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<3
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
  
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



BTS3606AEFOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    Arrive in warehouse
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<200
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]201-300
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]301-400
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]401-500
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]501-600
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]601-700
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]701-800
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]901-1000
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1001-1100
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1101-1200
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1201-1300
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1301-1400
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1401-1500
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]1501-1600
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 BSC SystemFOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    
    Arrive in warehouse
    
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<4
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 MSCFOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    
    Arrive in warehouse
    
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<3
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 MGWFOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    
    Arrive in warehouse
    
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<3
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
 M2000FOB SHENZHEN
    
    Clearance in [***]
    
    Arrive in warehouse
    
    Arrive in Owners siteQTY
    
    
    
    By Sea<3
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
    
    [***]
  
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



Notes:
 1.0 Lead Time Defintion 
 1.1 Postponement of Agreed Purchase Orders
  1.2 Cancellation of Agreed Purchase Orders
       
 ***
    
    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Commission.




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit V
 Acceptance Of WNI Services
 Customer:
 Service Provided:
    
    
    
    MTA:Project Number:
    
    
    Date Completed:
 Description Of Services Provided:Customer Coments:
 Huawei Signature
    
    Date
    
    
    
    Customer Signature
    
    DateHuawei Printed Name
    
    
    
    
    
    Customer Printed Name




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the
Amended and Restated System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit,
such conflict or inconsistency shall be resolved by giving precedence to the
Agreement.
 Exhibit V
 Summary Page for Network Integration Acceptance Testing
 CSOFTX3000ATP Section
    
    PASS
    
    FAIL
    
    N/A
    
    COMMENTST01T02
T03T04T05T06T07T08T09T10T11T12T13T14T15T16
 UMG8900ATP Section
    
    PASS
    
    FAIL
    
    N/A
    
    COMMENTST01T02T03T04T05T06T07T08T09T10T11T12T13
 M2000ATP Section
    
    PASS
    
    FAIL
    
    N/A
    
    COMMENTST01T02T03T04T05T06T07




---



##### 



BSCATP Section
    
    PASS
    
    FAIL
    
    N/A
    
    COMMENTST01T02T03T04T05T06T07T08T09T10
 BTSATP Section
    
    PASS
    
    FAIL
    
    N/A
    
    COMMENTST01T02T03T04T05T06T07
 SUMMARYATP Section
    
    PASS
    
    FAIL
    
    N/A
    
    TOTALS
    
    PercentageCSOFTX3000UMG8900M2000BSCBTSTOTALS




---



##### 



Huawei Software Load and PatchCONDITION:
    
    
    Comments (Records all
    
    
    Verification Sign OffTEST CASE
    
    Yes-No-N/A
    
    
    information)
    
    
    DATE
    
    
    HUAWEI
    
    
    CUSTOMER
    
    
    CSR #Software Load and Patch VerificationStart of project CSOFTX3000 load & patch
verificationEnd of project CSOFTX3000 load & patch
verificationStart of project UMG8900 load & patch
verificationEnd of project UMG8900 load & patch
verificationStart of project BSC load & patch verificationEnd of project BSC load & patch verificationStart of project M2000 load verificationEnd of project M2000 load verificationStart of project BTS3606AE load & patch
verificationEnd of project BTS3606AE load & patch
verification




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    CDMA CSOFTX3000 Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:
    
    
    


    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Pass-Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMERT01
    
    Hardware TestT01-01
    
    HardwareT01-0101
    
    CabinetT01-0102
    
    CableT01-0103
    
    BAM ServerT01-0104
    
    iGWB ServerT01-0105
    
    Disk Array (iGWB Server)T01-0106
    
    Emergency WorkstationT02
    
    PowerON TestT02-01
    
    PowerOn TestT02-0101
    
    Operational EnvironmentT02-0102
    
    Indicator on BoardT02-0103
    
    Fan BoxT02-0104
    
    BAMT02-0105
    
    iGWBT02-0106
    
    Emergency WorksationT02-0107
    
    WorkstationT02-0108
    
    BoardT03
    
    Mobility ManagementT03-01
    
    Location RegistrationT03-0101
    
    Power-On RegistrationT03-0102
    
    Registration of Illegal SubscriberT03-0103
    
    Power-OffT03-0104
    
    Periodic Location RegistrationT03-0105
    
    MSCe/VLR stores subscriber data from the HLRT03-0106
    
    VLR Subscriber Data DeletionT03-0107
    
    MS de-activation initiated by a service VLRT03-0108
    
    Implicit RegistrationT04
    
    Basic Voice Service TestT04-01
    
    Intra-Office CallsT04-0101
    
    Intra-Office Call (Called Subscriber Idle)T04-0102
    
    Intra-Office Call (Called Subscriber Busy)T04-0103
    
    Intra-Office Call (No Answer)T04-0104
    
    Intra-Office Call (Paging No Response)T04-0105
    
    Intra-Office Call (Number Unallocated)T04-02
    
    CDMA-PSTN CallsT04-0201
    
    CDMA-PSTN Call (Called Subscriber Idle)T04-0202
    
    CDMA-PSTN Call (Called Subscriber Busy)T04-0203
    
    CDMA-PSTN Call (No Answer)T04-0204
    
    CDMA-PSTN Call (Number Unallocated)T04-0205
    
    M to L  Only Calling Party Hangs UpT04-0206
    
    M to L  Only Called Party Hangs UpT04-03
    
    PSTN-CDMA CallsT04-0301
    
    PSTN-CDMA Call (Called Subscriber Idle)T04-0302
    
    PSTN-CDMA Call (Called Subscriber Busy)T04-0303
    
    PSTN-CDMA Call (No Answer)T04-0304
    
    PSTN-CDMA Call (Paging No Response)T04-0305
    
    L to M  Normal Call Completion (with VM)T04-0306
    
    L to M  Only Calling Party Hangs UpT04-0307
    
    L to M  Only Called Party Hangs UpT04-04
    
    E911 ServiceT04-0401
    
    E911 Phase IT04-0402
    
    Mobile subscriber A calls 911, it is a E911 call in the local number analysis table, The call
is normal and stable, and the voice is clear.T04-0403
    
    PPC subscriber A calls 911, it will not trigger the intelligent service. The E911call is
normal and stable.T04-0404
    
    Mobile subscriber A calls 911, it fails to select route to the S/R and analysis the EEFN
number success. the E911 call is established.




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    CDMA CSOFTX3000 Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:
    
    
    


    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Pass-Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMERT04-0405
    
    E911 Phase IIT04-0406
    
    The postpaid user initiate a E911 callT04-0407
    
    The PPC user initiate a E911 callT04-0408
    
    E911 Egress Failure Number (The trunk circuit between the MSC and the S/R are fault)T04-0409
    
    Call origination to 911 (no HLR, ESN mismatch, hotlined phone, phone with no programming, MIN
and MDN are the same and different)T04-05
    
    TonesT04-0501
    
    Playing Busy ToneT04-0502
    
    Playing Incorrect NumberT04-0503
    
    Playing Vacant ToneT04-0504
    
    Playing Out-Of-Service Signal ToneT04-0505
    
    Ring back to mobile from MSCT04-0506
    
    Call waiting to mobile from MSCT04-0507
    
    Busy to mobile from MSCT04-0508
    
    Busy to mobile from PSTNT04-06
    
    IS2000 Voice Call ProcessingT04-0601
    
    M(Cricket) to M(Cricket)  Normal Call Completion (with VM)T04-0602
    
    M(Cricket) to M(Cricket)  Only Calling Party Hangs UpT04-0603
    
    M(Cricket) to M(Cricket)  Only Called Party Hangs UpT04-0604
    
    M(Cricket) to M(Cricket roam)  Normal Call Completion (without VM)T04-0605
    
    M(Cricket) to M(Cricket roam)  Normal Call Completion (with VM)T04-0606
    
    M(Cricket) to M(Cricket roam)  Called Party BusyT04-0607
    
    M(Cricket) to M(Cricket roam)  Only Calling Party Hangs UpT04-0608
    
    M(Cricket) to M(Cricket roam)  Only Called Party Hangs UpT04-0609
    
    M(Cricket) to M(Cricket roam) calling number ID presentationT04-0610
    
    M(Cricket roam) to M(Cricket)  Normal Call Completion (without VM)T04-0611
    
    M(Cricket roam) to M(Cricket)  Normal Call Completion (with VM)T04-0612
    
    M(Cricket roam) to M(Cricket)  Called Party BusyT04-0613
    
    M(Cricket roam) to M(Cricket)  Only Calling Party Hangs UpT04-0614
    
    M(Cricket roam) to M(Cricket)  Only Called Party Hangs UpT04-0615
    
    M(Cricket roam) to M(Cricket) calling number ID presentationT04-0616
    
    Calling number not presented with one time featureT04-0617
    
    LD fails when set to local calls onlyT04-0618
    
    International LD callT04-0619
    
    DA using 11 digit dialingT04-0620
    
    ESN change updates VLRT04-0621
    
    No origination possible with ESN mismatchT04-0622
    
    Call origination to operatorT04-0623
    
    M to LDT04-0624
    
    LD to MT04-0625
    
    Call origination fails when hotlinedT04-0626
    
    Call origination to prepaid (*LD or *PAY)T04-07
    
    IS95 Voice Call Processing (Backward Compatibility)T04-0701
    
    M to L  Normal Call CompletionT04-0702
    
    M to L  Called Party BusyT04-0703
    
    M to L  Only Calling Party Hangs UpT04-0704
    
    M to L  Only Called Party Hangs UpT04-0705
    
    L to M  Normal Call CompletionT04-0706
    
    L to M  Called Party BusyT04-0707
    
    L to M  Only Calling Party Hangs UpT04-0708
    
    L to M  Only Called Party Hangs UpT04-0709
    
    M to M  Normal Call CompletionT04-0710
    
    M to M  Called Party BusyT04-0711
    
    M to M  Only Calling Party Hangs UpT04-0712
    
    M to M  Only Called Party Hangs UpT05
    
    SMS TestT05-0101
    
    SMS Origination and Termination (MS Idle)T05-0102
    
    SMS Origination and Termination (MS in conversation)T05-0103
    
    Short Message Services (SMS) MS  Termination (active, busy and inactive (inactive should
fail) MIN and MDN are the same and different)




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    CDMA CSOFTX3000 Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:
    
    
    


    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Pass-Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMERT05-0104
    
    Short Message Services (SMS) MS  OriginationT05-0105
    
    IS-95/IS-2000 Inter-Generation Short Message Service (SMS) MS  OriginationT05-0106
    
    IS-95/IS-2000 Inter-Generation Short Message Service (SMS) MS  TerminationT05-0107
    
    SMS to other wireless cxr (non Cricket)T05-0108
    
    Non Cricket SMS to Cricket (MIN and MDN are the same and different)T05-0109
    
    Maximum SMS characters over paging channelT05-0110
    
    Maximum SMS characters over traffic channelT06
    
    Data Service TestT06-0101
    
    PDSN Subscriber RegistrationT06-0102
    
    Mobile-Originated PDSN Released to Idle StateT06-0103
    
    Mobile-Originated PDSN Release to Dormant StateT06-0104
    
    PDSN Service Activated from Domant StateT07
    
    Supplementary Service TestT07-01
    
    Call Forwarding-UnconditionalT07-0101
    
    Registration, Deregistration, Activation, and DeactivationT07-0102
    
    CFU to Idle Mobile SuscriberT07-02
    
    Call Forwarding-BusyT07-0201
    
    Registration, Deregistration, Activation, and DeactivationT07-0202
    
    CFB to VMT07-03
    
    Call Forwarding-No AnswerT07-0301
    
    Registration, Deregistration, Activation, and DeactivationT07-0302
    
    CFNA to VMT07-04
    
    Call Forwarding-DefaultT07-0401
    
    Registration, Deregistration, Activation, and DeactivationT07-0402
    
    CFD to VMT07-05
    
    Calling Number Identification PresentationT07-0501
    
    Mobile Subscriber as Calling PartyT07-0502
    
    PSTN Subscriber as Calling PartyT07-06
    
    Calling Number Identification RestrictionT07-0601
    
    Calling Number Identification RestrictionT07-07
    
    Call Waiting




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    
    
    UMG8900 Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:
    
    
    
    
    
    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Pass-Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMERT01
    
    
    
    HardwareT01-01
    
    
    
    CabinetT01-02
    
    
    
    CablingT01-03
    
    
    
    Auxiliary EquipmentT02
    
    
    
    Power OnT02-01
    
    
    
    Running EnvironmentT02-02
    
    
    
    Fan BoxT02-03
    
    
    
    Local Maintenance TerminalT02-04
    
    
    
    Board LoadingT03
    
    
    
    AvailabilityT03-01
    
    
    
    Display and Query of the Board StatusT03-02
    
    
    
    Availability of the E1/T1 PortT03-03
    
    
    
    Availability of the E3/T3 PortT03-04
    
    
    
    Availability of the Maintenance Network PortT04
    
    
    
    H.248 Interface FunctionT04-01
    
    
    
    H.248 over SCTPT04-02
    
    
    
    Binary Coding Mode of H.248T04-03
    
    
    
    Registration FunctionT04-04
    
    
    
    MGW Out-of-Service ReportT04-05
    
    
    
    Tracing and Resolution of H.248 MessagesT05
    
    
    
    Office ManagementT05-01
    
    
    
    Office ManagementT06
    
    
    
    Alarm ManagementT06-01
    
    
    
    Query of Active AlarmsT06-02
    
    
    
    Query of Alarm LogsT06-03
    
    
    
    Alarm ClearingT07
    
    
    
    Security ManagementT07-01
    
    
    
    Subscriber ManagementT07-02
    
    
    
    Interface LockT07-03
    
    
    
    File DumpT07-04
    
    
    
    Online User ManagementT07-05
    
    C01.01
    
    Access using authorized userT07-06
    
    C01.02
    
    Access using unauthorized userT07-07
    
    C01.03
    
    Configure the firewall by accessing the Access
Control Lists (ACL)T08
    
    
    
    Log ManagementT08-01
    
    
    
    Query of Operation LogsT08-02
    
    
    
    Query of Running LogsT08-03
    
    
    
    Query of Call LogsT08-04
    
    
    
    Query of Security LogsT09
    
    
    
    Performance ManagementT09-01
    
    
    
    Creation of Performance Measurement TasksT09-02
    
    
    
    Query of Performance Measurement ResultsT09-03
    
    
    
    Modification of Measurement ObjectsT09-04
    
    
    
    Modification of Performance Measurement ThresholdsT10
    
    
    
    Trace ManagementT10-01
    
    
    
    Creation of Trace TasksT10-02
    
    
    
    Query of Detail About Trace MessagesT10-03
    
    
    
    Dump of Trace MessagesT10-04
    
    
    
    Trace ReviewT10-05
    
    C01.04
    
    Show interface tracing of Mc (UMG8900 to MSCe)




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    M2000 Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:     Pass-
    
    
    
    
    
    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMER
    
    CSR #T01
    
    Fault ManagementT01-0101
    
    Fault Alarm Information StorageT01-0102
    
    Event Alarm Information StorageT01-0103
    
    Fault Recovery Alarm Information StorageT01-0201
    
    Automatic Alarm DisplacementT01-0202
    
    Manual Alarm DisplacementT01-0301
    
    Fault Alarm QueryT01-0302
    
    Event Alarm QueryT01-0303
    
    History Fault Alarm QueryT01-0401
    
    Alarm Automatic SynchronizationT01-0402
    
    Alarm Manual SynchronizationT01-0501
    
    Alarm Automatic AcknowledgeT01-0502
    
    Alarm Manual AcknowledgeT01-0601
    
    Alarm UnacknowledgeT01-0701
    
    Alarm Automatic ClearT01-0702
    
    Alarm Manual ClearT01-0801
    
    Real Time Fault Alarm BrowsingT01-0802
    
    Real Time Event Alarm BrowsingT01-0901
    
    Alarm Level RedefinitionT01-0902
    
    Modification of Alarm Level RedefinitionT01-0903
    
    Cancellation of Alarm Level RedefinitionT01-1001
    
    Alarm shieldingT01-1002
    
    Modification of Alarm shieldingT01-1003
    
    Cancellation of Alarm shieldingT01-1101
    
    Current Alarm Display FilterT01-1102
    
    Event Alarm Display FilterT01-1201
    
    Alarm StatisticsT01-1202
    
    Real Time Alarm StatisticsT01-1301
    
    Query and Modification of Alarm Knowledge BaseT01-1302
    
    Export/Import Alarm Knowledge BaseT01-1401
    
    Alarm Notification through Alarm ClientT01-1402
    
    Alarm Notification through Topological InterfaceT01-1403
    
    Alarm Notification through Alarm BoxT01-1501
    
    M2000 Fault Detection, Alarm Collection and Alarm RecoveryT01-1601
    
    Display Alarm through the Topological NodesT01-1602
    
    Query Alarm through the Topological NodesT01-1701
    
    Long Period Uncleared Alarm Detection and AlertT02
    
    Configuration ManagementT02-0101
    
    Configuration Data Manual SynchronizationT02-0201
    
    Querying Configuration DataT02-0301
    
    Deleting NEs in BatchT03
    
    Performance ManagementT03-0101
    
    Importing/Exporting Measure InstanceT03-0102
    
    Starting/Ending MeasuringT03-0201
    
    Performance Feature Measure countersT03-0301
    
    Querying Real-Time Measure ResultT03-0302
    
    Executing Real-Time MeasuringT03-0303
    
    Refreshing Measure status of counter or ObjectT03-0401
    
    Suspending and Activating MeasuringT03-0501
    
    Exporting Performance ResultT03-0601
    
    Querying, Displaying and Printing Performance ResultT03-0701
    
    Subscribing Performance ResultT03-0801
    
    User Defined Counter ManagementT03-0901
    
    Querying Template ManagementT03-1001
    
    Setting ThresholdT03-1002
    
    Modifying Threshold SettingT03-1003
    
    Deleting Threshold SettingT03-1004
    
    Suspending and Activating Threshold Setting




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    M2000 Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:     Pass-
    
    
    
    
    
    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMER
    
    CSR #T04
    
    System ManagementT04-0101
    
    Online HelpT04-0201
    
    Online Monitoring SystemT05
    
    SecurityT05-0101
    
    Adding a UserT05-0102
    
    Deleting a UserT05-0103
    
    Viewing User InformationT05-0104
    
    Modifying User InformationT05-0105
    
    Binding a User to Multiple User GroupsT05-0106
    
    Authorizing Binding GroupT05-0201
    
    Browsing and Querying Alarm FilterT05-0202
    
    Browsing and Querying Feature FilterT05-0301
    
    System Auto LockingT05-0401
    
    Wrong Password LoginT05-0402
    
    Unauthorized Creating Subnet FailureT05-0501
    
    Querying LogT05-0601
    
    Printing Log Query ResultT05-0602
    
    Saving Log Query ResultT05-0701
    
    Manual Displacing LogT05-0702
    
    Auto Displacing LogT05-0801
    
    User Operation MonitoringT05-0802
    
    Monitoring User Conversation and User Kicking outT06
    
    Topology ManagementT06-0101
    
    Create/Delete/Modify Physical SubnetT06-0102
    
    Create/Delete/Modify Physical NET06-0103
    
    Create/Delete/Modify Virtual NET06-0104
    
    Create/Delete/Modify Virtual LinkT06-0201
    
    Topology Navigation TreeT06-0301
    
    Locating Topology Object by NameT06-0302
    
    Locating Topology Object by Property




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    BSC Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:
    
    
    
    
    
    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Pass-Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMER
    
    CSR #T01
    
    Hardware InstallationT01-01
    
    EquipmentT01-0101
    
    CabinetsT01-0102
    
    Distributon of Cables and Optical FibersT01-0103
    
    Lightning Protection and GroudingT01-0104
    
    Power SupplyT01-0105
    
    Feeder InstallationT02
    
    Power-on TestT02-01
    
    Running Status of EquipmentT02-0101
    
    Status of Board IndicatorsT02-0102
    
    Running Status of FanT02-0103
    
    BSC Power-on TestT02-0104
    
    BTS Power-On TestT03
    
    Voice Service FunctionT03-01
    
    MS AccessT03-0101
    
    Network Capture During MS Switch-OnT03-02
    
    Voice CallT03-0201
    
    MS CallT03-0202
    
    Call Release TestT03-0203
    
    service negotiation msg 2G handsetT03-0204
    
    service negotiation msg 3G handsetT03-0205
    
    TTY/TDD (711 call)T03-03
    
    Power ControlT03-0301
    
    Fast forward power controlT03-0302
    
    Reverse closed loop power controlT03-0303
    
    forward link power control overload algorythmT04
    
    Operation FunctionsT04-01
    
    Local Terminal SystemT04-0101
    
    User loginT04-0102
    
    Site ManagementT04-02
    
    System ManagementT04-0201
    
    Command Group ManagementT04-0202
    
    User ManagementT04-0203
    
    Workstation ManagementT04-0204
    
    Command Log ManagementT04-0205
    
    Timing Task ManagementT04-0206
    
    Database ManagementT04-03
    
    Alarm ManagementT04-0301
    
    Performs Critical, Major, Minor, warning alarms, verify alarm detection, alarm
generation, alarm query and maskT04-0302
    
    Signaling Link Inhibit/UninhibitT04-0303
    
    Alarm History LogT04-04
    
    Performance ManagementT04-0401
    
    Traffic Measurements Observing Through iManager M2000T04-0402
    
    Performance Management  query measurement data using various granularity periodsT04-0403
    
    Performance Data CollectionT04-0404
    
    Local Markov CallsT04-0405
    
    Edit BSS ThresholdsT04-05
    
    Configuration ManagementT04-0501
    
    Dynamic Sector Adding/Removing FunctionT04-0502
    
    Dynamic Board Adding/Removing FunctionT04-0503
    
    Configuration Management  add, delete, modify and query data in the radio layer
(system info, cell chan , etc.)




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    BSC Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:
    
    
    
    
    
    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Pass-Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMER
    
    CSR #T04-0504
    
    Configuration Management  add, delete, modify and query data in the transport
layer (system and physical info,etc.)T04-0505
    
    For time synchronization, Primary timing source unavailable, secondary source activeT04-0506
    
    For transmission synchronization, Primary timing source unavailable, secondary
source activeT04-0507
    
    Control boards faulty, verify reliability configurationT04-0508
    
    Power supply faulty, verify reliabilty configurationT04-0509
    
    Test the AbortInitialize ActionT04-0510
    
    RAN Element Management AccessT04-0511
    
    Add / Edit IS2000BSS Sites and CellsT04-0512
    
    ADD / Remove NeighborT04-0513
    
    Show Attributes (BSC / RBS / CDMA Channel)T04-0514
    
    Synchronization (Check / Up / Down / Report)T04-06
    
    Radio Resource ManagementT04-0601
    
    Radio Resource ManagementT04-07
    
    BTS NetworkingT04-0701
    
    BTS Object and Information Management FunctionT05
    
    Maintenance FunctionT05-01
    
    Equipment MaintenanceT05-0101
    
    Subrack MaintenanceT05-0102
    
    Board MaintenanceT05-0103
    
    Show current load of system resourcesT05-02
    
    Interface Circuit MaintenanceT05-0201
    
    Interface Circuit MaintenanceT05-0202
    
    T1 Trunk ManagementT05-03
    
    SS7 MaintenanceT05-0301
    
    Destination Signaling Point ManagementT05-0302
    
    SCCP Subsystem ManagementT05-0303
    
    MTP3 Signaling Link Set ManagementT05-0304
    
    MTP3 Signaling Link ManagementT05-0305
    
    ANSI ConfigurationT05-04
    
    Active-Standby SwitchoverT05-0401
    
    CSPU Active-Standby SwitchoverT05-0402
    
    CRMU Active-Standby SwitchoverT05-0403
    
    CMUX Active-Standby SwitchoverT05-0404
    
    CPCU Active-Standby SwitchoverT05-0405
    
    CHAC Active-Standby SwitchoverT05-0406
    
    CMPU Active-Standby SwitchoverT05-0407
    
    CNET Active-Standby SwitchoverT05-05
    
    Link TroubleshootingT05-0501
    
    BSC-BTS Link TroubleshootingT05-0502
    
    BSC-MSC Link TroubleshootingT05-06
    
    System Test FunctionT05-0601
    
    Subscriber Interface Tracing TestT05-0602
    
    System Status MonitoringT06
    
    CDMA2000 1X Data Service FunctionT06-01
    
    CDMA2000 1X Packet Data CallT06-0101
    
    CDMA2000 1X MS Set up/Release Packet Data Service CallT06-02
    
    Radio Resource Allocation of CDMA2000 1X Packet Data ServiceT06-0201
    
    Radio Resource Allocation Among Multiple CDMA2000 1X Packet Data SubscribersT06-03
    
    CDMA2000 1X SCH




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    BSC Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:
    
    
    
    
    
    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Pass-Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMER
    
    CSR #T06-0301
    
    CDMA2000 1X SCH Dynamic AllocationT06-04
    
    CDMA2000 1X Packet Data Call Status ChangeT06-0401
    
    CDMA2000 1X Packet Data Service Changes from Active State to Dormant State (Network
Initiated)T06-0402
    
    CDMA2000 1X Packet Data Service Changes from Active State to Dormant State (MS
Initiated)T06-0403
    
    CDMA2000 1X Packet Data Service Changes from Dormant State to Active State (Network
Initiated)T06-0404
    
    CDMA2000 1X Packet Data Service Changes from Dormant State to Active State (MS
Initiated)T06-0405
    
    CDMA2000 1X Packet Data Service Changes from Dormant State to Null State (MS
Initiated)T06-0406
    
    Speech Call with CDMA2000 1X Packet Data Service in Dormant StateT06-05
    
    CDMA2000 1X Packet Data Service ApplicationT06-0501
    
    Web BrowseT06-0502
    
    FTP File Transmission (Downlink)T06-0503
    
    FTP File Transmission (Uplink)T07
    
    Switch SubsystemT07-01
    
    Switch Subsystem ManagementT07-0101
    
    Switch Subsystem ConfigurationT07-0102
    
    Switch Subsystem MaintenanceT08
    
    HandoffT08-0101
    
    Perform Intra-BSC Hard Handoff (different freq.)T08-0102
    
    Two and Three-way Soft Handoff (Voice)T08-0103
    
    Three-way Softer-Soft HandoffT08-0104
    
    Intra BSC Channel Assignment Soft HandoffT08-0105
    
    inter frequency idle handoffT08-0106
    
    3G multi cxr hard handoffT08-0107
    
    2G multi cxr hard handoffT08-0108
    
    HHO using rtdT08-0109
    
    Call redirection at mobile origination/termination due to blockingT08-0110
    
    1X/1X softer handoff during active packet data callT08-0111
    
    2G Two and Three-way Soft Handoff (Voice)T08-0112
    
    soft handoff combined neighbor list messageT08-0113
    
    Intra BSC Hard HandoffT08-0114
    
    Intra BSC Access Hand OffT08-0115
    
    Intra and Inter BSC Channel Assignment Soft HandoffT08-0116
    
    multi cxr frequency assignmentT08-0117
    
    1X/1X intra BSC soft handoff during active packet data callT08-0118
    
    Intra BSS hard handoff into soft handoffT08-0119
    
    Access entry handoffT08-0120
    
    Access handoffT09
    
    MiscellousT09-0101
    
    RC4 assignmentT09-0102
    
    RC4 blocked assignmentT09-0103
    
    Implement extension boundary paging in BSCT09-0104
    
    service negotiation msg 2G handsetT09-0105
    
    service negotiation msg 3G handsetT09-0106
    
    Fast forward power controlT09-0107
    
    Reverse closed loop power controlT09-0108
    
    forward link power control overload algorythmT09-0109
    
    multi cxr site load balancing




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    BSC Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:
    
    
    
    
    
    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Pass-Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMER
    
    CSR #T10
    
    CDMA2000 1x EV-DO High Rate Packet Data (HRPD) ServiceT10-01
    
    CDMA2000 1x EV-DO Service Maintenance




---



##### 



TEST CASE
    
    BTS 3606A Acceptance Test Plan
    
    Condition:
    
    
    
    
    
    TEST CASE Sign OffNUMBER
    
    TEST CASE
    
    Pass-Fail-N/A
    
    Comments
    
    DATE
    
    Huawei
    
    CUSTOMER
    
    CSR #T01
    
    T01 Hardware Installation InspectionT01-01
    
    Cabinets (BTS3606AE)T01-03
    
    Layout of Cables and FibersT01-04
    
    Lightning Protection and GroundingT01-05
    
    Connection of Power CablesT01-06
    
    Storage Battery or Battery CabinetT01-07
    
    Antennas and FeedersT01-08
    
    Environment Monitoring Devices (BTS3606AE)T02
    
    Power-up TestT02-01
    
    Power Supply Unit (PSU)T02-02
    
    Storage BatteriesT02-03
    
    Integrated DevicesT03
    
    Radio Frequency (RF) Test (BTS3606AE)T03-01
    
    CMTR Transmit Power TestT04
    
    Service and Function TestT04-01
    
    MS Access Network after Switch-onT04-02
    
    MS Call TestT04-03
    
    MS Call ReleaseT04-04
    
    Sector Call TestT04-05
    
    Soft/Softer HandoffT05
    
    O&M Function TestT05-01
    
    Connection and Maintenance of Telnet Maintenance ConsoleT05-02
    
    Connection and Configuration of OMCT05-03
    
    Software Downloading and ActivationT05-04
    
    Sector Carrier BlockingT05-05
    
    Sector Carrier UnblockingT05-06
    
    Physical Resource BlockingT05-07
    
    Physical Resource UnblockingT05-08
    
    Software and Hardware Reset of BoardsT05-09
    
    Board Status QueryT05-10
    
    Alarm Reporting and QueryT05-11
    
    Board Loopback TestT05-12
    
    Initiating Active-Standby SwitchoverT05-13
    
    Initiating Active-Standby Switchover due to the Active Board FailureT05-14
    
    Version Information QueryT05-15
    
    Resource TracingT05-16
    
    Power Supply MonitoringT05-17
    
    BTS Recovery Tool Selective RecoveryT05-18
    
    BTS Recovery Tool Full RecoveryT05-19
    
    BTS Software Loading FunctionT05-20
    
    BTS Parameter ConfigurationT05-21
    
    Equipment ManagementT05-22
    
    Test Management FunctionT05-23
    
    BTS Tracing and ManagementT06
    
    Trunk Recovery and Power Failure RecoveryT06-01
    
    Trunk RecoveryT06-02
    
    Power Failure RecoveryT06-03
    
    BTS Clock Synchronization Loss RecoveryT07
    
    Outdoor BTS Monitoring Software System Test (BTS3606AE)




---



##### 



Market Provisioning Test PlanStatus
    
    Phone Number
    
    ESN
    
    Rate PlanPhone 1
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 2
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 3
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 4
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30
 DAY 1OutcomeTest #
    
    Owner
    
    Scenario
    
    Success
    
    Failure
    
    Comment1
    
    IT Launch
    
    Phones activated in 0542
    
    SOM
    
    Program ALL phones, OTA *2283
    
    SOM
    
    Label all phones 1, 2, 3, & 44
    
    SOM
    
    Verify the you are able to make mobile to mobile phone calls.5
    
    SOM
    
    P2 call P1 verify no features, P1 call P3 verify no features,
P3 call P2 verify no features6
    
    SOM
    
    Change P3 to A40. P3 call 858.882.9008, verify not rated
through Voicecue7
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call Int/L Canada 416-597-9200, verify insufficient funds msg8
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call Int/L Mexico 011-52-55-5080-2000, verify insufficient
funds msg9
    
    SOM
    
    P1 call Alaska 907-929-3456, verify insufficient funds msg10
    
    IT Launch
    
    P2 changed to C45 w/ F6 add ZMM, P1 changed to C35 add F5B11
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call P2, verify Call ID, P1 call P2 verify Call ID, Call Wt,
VM indicator/retrieval12
    
    SOM
    
    P2 send txt msg to P1, verify it went through13
    
    SOM
    
    P2 call P1 verify Call ID, P3 call P1 verify Call ID, Call Wt,
VM indicator/retrieval14
    
    SOM
    
    P2 call 858.882.9173, verify not rated through Voicecue15
    
    SOM
    
    P2 call Int/L Canada 416-597-9200, verify insufficient funds msg16
    
    SOM
    
    P2 call Int/L Mexico 011-52-55-5080-2000, verify insufficient
funds msg17
    
    SOM
    
    P2 call Alaska 907-929-3456, verify insufficient funds msg18
    
    IT Launch
    
    Add CIB to P319
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call P2, verify Call ID blocking20
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove CIB from P3, Add HOT to P321
    
    SOM
    
    P2 call P3, verify Hotline status22
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove HOT from P3, add TMS to P323
    
    SOM
    
    P3 send txt msg to P2, verify it went through24
    
    IT Launch
    
    Add MC5 to P2, verify deducts $5.00




---



##### 



Market Provisioning Test PlanStatus
    
    Phone Number
    
    ESN
    
    Rate PlanPhone 1
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 2
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 3
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 4
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30
 DAY 1OutcomeTest #
    
    Owner
    
    Scenario
    
    Success
    
    Failure
    
    Comment25
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove TMS from P3, Add BRW to P3 and $5 to Any Use Bucket26
    
    SOM
    
    P3 download ringtone27
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify downloaded rated at $2.99/ringtone28
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove BRW from P3, Add MMS to P329
    
    SOM
    
    P3 send picture msg to P2, verify pic msg sent/received30
    
    SOM
    
    P2 send picture msg to P3, verify pic msg sent/received31
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove MMS from P3, Add MMR to P332
    
    SOM
    
    P2 send picture msg to P3, verify pic msg sent/received33
    
    SOM
    
    P3 send picture msg to P2, verify pic msg not sent34
    
    IT Launch
    
    Add VAC to P135
    
    SOM
    
    P2 call P1, verify call does not go through36
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove VAC from P1, Add CIB to P137
    
    SOM
    
    P1 call P3, verify Call ID Blocking38
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove CIB from P1, Add HOT to P139
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call P1, verify hotline status40
    
    IT Launch
    
    Add BRW to P2 and $7 to Any Use bucket41
    
    SOM
    
    P2 download game42
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify downloaded rated at $5.99/ringtone43
    
    IT Launch
    
    Add DAT to P444
    
    SOM
    
    P4 browse WEB Portal, verify cannot select category45
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove DAT from P4, Add WAP to P446
    
    SOM
    
    P4 utilize WEB Portal47
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove WAP from P4, Add UDA to P448
    
    SOM
    
    P4 call 41149
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify OI 23, and DA not rated through VC50
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove UDA from P4, verify OI returns to 651
    
    SOM
    
    Test VOIP number (VOIP NUMBER 1/VOIP NUMBER 2), 61152
    
    IT Launch
    
    Call P1, P2, P3, P453
    
    IT Launch
    
    Send txt msg to P2 from Non-Cricket phone (858-220-0448)54
    
    IT Launch
    
    Send txt msg to P1 from website.55
    
    SOM
    
    Send txt msg to P3 from Non-Cricket phone () within market (LEX
phone number)56
    
    SOM
    
    *PAY




---



##### 



Market Provisioning Test PlanStatus
    
    Phone Number
    
    ESN
    
    Rate PlanPhone 1
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 2
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 3
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 4
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30
 VOICECUEOutcomeTest #
    
    Owner
    
    Scenario
    
    Success
    
    Failure
    
    Comment1
    
    IT Launch
    
    Remove HOT from P3, add $5 to CANMEX bucket for
P32
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call Int/L Canada 416-597-92003
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify call rated at $0.05/min4
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call Int/L Mexico 011-52-55-5080-20005
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify call rated at $0.05/min6
    
    IT Launch
    
    Add $10 to Any Use bucket for P37
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call Alaska 907-929-34568
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify call rated at $0.08/min9
    
    IT Launch
    
    Add $2 to Monthly DA bucket for P310
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call DA11
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify call rated at $1.00 from Monthly DA bucket12
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call Intl France 011 331 431 22 22213
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify P1 call rated through VC at $0.1014
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call Intl England 011 44 20 7600 369915
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify P3 call rated through VC at $0.1016
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call Intl Portugal 011 351 217 273 30017
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify P3 call rated through VC at $0.1018
    
    SOM
    
    P3 called intl Romania 011 40 21 200 338119
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify P3 call rated through VC at $0.2020
    
    SOM
    
    P3 called intl Belize 011 501 223 080221
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify P3 call rated through VC at $0.3022
    
    SOM
    
    P3 called intl Haiti 011 509 222 020023
    
    IT Launch
    
    Verify P3 call rated through VC at $0.60




---



##### 



Market Provisioning Test PlanStatus
    
    Phone Number
    
    ESN
    
    Rate PlanPhone 1
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 2
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 3
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30Phone 4
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    A30




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit V
 Call
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    SpecialModel #
    
    Call Scenario
    
    Calling Number
    
    Called Number
    
    Date
    
    Start Time
    
    Duration
    
    Instructions/Comments1
    
    L/M -> L/M (M/M)3
    
    L/M -> 611 (M/L)4
    
    L/M -> 911 (M/L)5
    
    L/M -> 800 NXX Line8
    
    L/M -> L/L9
    
    L/M -> T/L
Interlata/Intrastate10
    
    L/M -> T/L
Intralata/Interstate11
    
    L/M -> T/L
Interstate12
    
    L/M  T/L 
U.S. Territories*Not critical, but if you can perform, please do14
    
    L/M -> to Mexico
International15
    
    L/M -> 1+ to Canada
International
 CallModel #
    
    Call Scenario16
    
    L/M -> 7 Digit Dial*If market supports this17
    
    L/M 1 + 7 Digit Dial*If market supports this18
    
    Lost Signal
Dropped Call*Not critical, but if you can perform, please do19
    
    L/L -> L/M L- M
(Incoming)20
    
    L/M -> L/M
M -M (busy) >
30sec21
    
    L/M -> L/M
M-M (busy) < 30sec22
    
    L/M -> L/L
M-L (busy) > 30secs




---



##### 



Call
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    SpecialModel #
    
    Call Scenario
    
    Calling Number
    
    Called Number
    
    Date
    
    Start Time
    
    Duration
    
    Instructions/Comments23
    
    L/M -> L/L
M-L (Busy) < 30secs24
    
    L/M -> Star (*) Calls26
    
    L/M -> # Calls*If market supports this27
    
    L/M -> 411(DA)
 CallModel #
    
    Call Scenario
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Insufficient Balance28
    
    L/M -> 555-1212 (DA)
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Insufficient Balance30
    
    L/M -> 411 (DACC)
Local Call Completion*If market supports this31
    
    L/M -> 411 (DACC)
LD Call Completion*If market supports this
 SpecialCall
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Instructions/Model #
    
    Call Scenario
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    CommentsCall Waiting Call Series100-1
    
    1. A L/M->B L/M , CW 
2. C L/M -> A L/M100-2
    
    1. A L/M->B L/M , CW 
2. C L/M -> A L/M101-1
    
    1. A L/M -> Land , CW 
2. C L/M -> A L/M101-2
    
    1. A L/M -> Land , CW 
2. C L/M -> A L/M102-1
    
    1. A L/M -> B L/M . CW2. C L/M -> A L/M *
    
    
    
    
    
    Busy102-2
    
    1. A L/M -> B L/M . CW2. C L/M -> A L/M *
    
    
    
    
    
    Busy103-1
    
    1. A L/M -> Land . CW 
2. C L/M -> A L/M *103-2
    
    1. A L/M -> Land . CW 
2. C L/M -> A L/M *




---



##### 



SpecialCall
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Instructions/Model #
    
    Call Scenario
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Comments104-1
    
    1. A L/M -> Land T/L 
2. C L/M -> A L/M *104-2
    
    1. A L/M -> Land T/L 
2. C L/M -> A L/M *105-1
    
    1.A L/M -> B L/M. CW 
2. T/L -> A L/M *105-2
    
    1. A L/M -> B L/M. CW 
2. T/L -> A L/M *
 CallModel #
    
    Call ScenarioThree-Way Calling Series150-1
    
    1. A L/M ->B L/M, then 
2. A L/M -> C L/M150-2
    
    1. A L/M ->B L/M, then 
2. A L/M -> C L/M151 -1
    
    1. A L/M ->B L/M, then 
2 B L/M -> C L/M.151 -2
    
    1. A L/M ->B L/M, then 
2 B L/M -> C L/M.152-1
    
    1. A L/M ->B L/M, then 
2. B L/M ->C L/M busy152-2
    
    1. A L/M ->B L/M, then 
2. B L/M ->C L/M,busy
 CallDeliverySeries400
    
    Call Delivery L-M400
    
    Call Delivery M-M401
    
    Call Delivery L-M-L402
    
    Call Delivery L-M-M




---



##### 



Voice Mail Series
 Call
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Start
    
    
    
    SpecialModel #
    
    Call Scenario
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Time
    
    Duration
    
    Instructions/Comments500
    
    VM Deposit
A L/M -> B L/M501
    
    VM Deposit
L/L -> B L/M502
    
    VM Retrieve
B L/M -> B L/M
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Dial own 10 digit number504-1
    
    VM Retrieve
B L/M -> B L/M
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Any special translation
numbers (Star codes,
etc.) Please note code used
 Miscellaneous Call Series
 Call
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Start
    
    
    
    SpecialModel #
    
    Call Scenario
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Time
    
    Duration
    
    Instructions/Comments600
    
    Additional Call TypesL/M-> ANY 10 DIGIT
ENDING IN 911
*Not critical, but
if you can perform,
please do
 Number Pooling Call
Series (P = Pooled Number)
 Call
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    SpecialModel #
    
    Call Scenario
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Instructions/Comments702-1
    
    P/L/M -> P/L/M
(MIN1MDN)703-1
    
    P/L/M -> L/M
(MIN1MDN)707-1
    
    P/L/M -> F/M
(MIN1MDN)709-1
    
    P/L/M -> L/L
(MIN1MDN)711-1
    
    P/L/M -> T/L
(MIN1MDN)*Long Distance712-1
    
    VM Deposit   P/L/M -> P/L/M
(MIN1MDN)714-1
    
    P/L/M -> 911
(MIN1MDN)715-1
    
    P/L/M -> Customer 
Care (611)
(MIN1MDN)
 
 Notes:1.
    
    These test items are AMA test items. Cricket shall develop the ATP test plan and execute all
tests. Huawei provides interface support.2.
    
    If third party fails any test which is not caused by Huawei system, there shall be no impact
on Huawei system acceptance




---



##### 



Market Provisioning Test Plan
 Status
    
    Phone Number
    
    ESN
    
    Rate PlanPhone 1
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    PP0Phone 2
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    PP0Phone 3
    
    Active
    
    
    
    
    
    PP0
 DAY 1
 OutcomeTest #
    
    Owner
    
    Scenario
    
    Success
    
    Failure
    
    Comment1
    
    IT Launch
    
    Phones activated in 0542
    
    SOM
    
    Program ALL phones, OTA *2283
    
    SOM
    
    Label all phones 1, 2, & 34
    
    SOM
    
    Verify the you are able to make mobile to mobile phone calls.5
    
    SOM
    
    P3 call P2, verify Call ID, P1 call P2 verify Call ID, Call
Wt, VM indicator/retrieval6
    
    SOM
    
    502-224-1010 (M) call P1, verify Call ID, 502-327-7183 (LL)
call P1 verify Call ID, Call Wt, VM indicator/retrieval7
    
    SOM
    
    P1 call P2, P1 call P3; connect 3-way8
    
    SOM
    
    P2 send P1 txt msg, verify msg indicator
 VOICECUE




---



##### 



In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit V  DACC/UDA  Technical Implementation  End-to-End Test Plan
 Version # 1
Date June 14, 2006
 1
    
    DACC/DA Technical Implementation End-to-End Test Plan1.1
    
    Background
 The following information was copied from UDA Product Specification 060428 draft 3 2.
           Rate Plans
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Legacy
    
    LegacyA/C 30
    
    A/C 35
    
    A/C 40
    
    A/C 45
    
    JUMP
    
    ROAMING
    
    With ULD
    
    Without ULDFUNCTIONALITYPurchase Unlimited DA
    
    
    
    
    
    X
    
    XPurchase Transactional DA
    
    X
    
    X
    
    X
    
    X
    
    X
    
    X
    
    X
    
    XHave Calls Completed if on UDA
    
    
    
    
    
    X
    
    XHave Calls Completed if not on UDA
    
    
    
    
    
    X
    
    X
    
    X
    
    X
    
    X
 1.2
    
    Testing Scope
  
    
    Full English Automation
    
    Partial English Automation
    
    Partial Spanish Automation
    
    Testing UDA scenarios on AC 40 & AC 45 rate plans, including those with & without ECA, and in Local & Roaming markets
    
    Testing DACC scenarios
    
    Testing of JUMP scenarios




---



##### 




    
    Customer/sales experience in adding the UDA feature to the rate plan
    
    Testing/validation of data/information passing from POS to call implementation
 1.3
    
    Testing Logistics
  1.
    
    Local market test phone on customer rate plan (details for each test scenario are listed in the test cases)2.
    
    Ability to change rate plans, add and remove ECA and Funds3.
    
    Roaming test phone for the market, on customer rate plan4.
    
    Ability to change rate plans, add and remove ECA and Funds
 2. Call Flows




---



##### 



3. UDA/DACC Test Cases: OI 23, 13, 8
A. AC40  Local
 1. AC40, no UDA, no ECA, no Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is
routed to DID #
602-458-8893Hear message(s)1. (no funds)2. Call is ended
 2. AC40, UDA, No ECA, no Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID
# 602-458-8893Hear message(s)Cricket Directory
assistance. For English
please stay on the line or
press 1. Para Espanol, oprima
dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and
state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for
listing (may hear we have a
listing for X, would you like
that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your
call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 3. AC40, UDA, ECA, no funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial
555-1212
    
    Verify call is routed to DID
# 602-458-8893Hear message(s)Cricket Directory
assistance. For English
please stay on the line or
press 1. Para Espanol,
oprima dos.Press 1
    
    Hear prompt What city and
state please?Remain silent
    
    Forwarded to Eng speaking
operator...  they conduct
search (asking for city &
state and listing)Respond to agent
with city, state,,
& listing, time &
temperature
    
    Operator thanks you for
calling and sends you to
automation with listing
information.Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your
call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 4. AC40, UDA, ECA, FUNDS
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset(NPA)
555-1212
    
    Verify call is routed to DID
# 602-458-8893Hear message(s)Cricket Directory
assistance. For English
please stay on the line or
press 1. Para Espanol,
oprima dos.Press 2
    
    Routed to Spanish speaking
operator  conducting
search by asking for city,
state, and listingTell operator you
are conducting a
test, (if you are
not fluent in
Spanish, they do
all speak English)
 respond with
city, state and
request Time &
Temperature
    
    Operator thanks you for
calling and sends you to
automation with listing
information.Remain online
    
    Hear Please remain on the
line, your call is being
connected at no additional
charge  (in Spanish)Remain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 5. AC40. no UDA, ECA, Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID
# 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory
assistance. For English
please stay on the line or
press 1. Para Espanol, oprima
dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and
state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for
listing (may hear we have a
listing for X, would you like
that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your
call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number




---



##### 



6. AC40, no UDA, no ECA, Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID
# 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory
assistance. For English
please stay on the line or
press 1. Para Espanol, oprima
dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and
state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for
listing (may hear we have a
listing for X, would you like
that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear the number you have
requested is (NPA) NXX-xxxx,
again, that number is (NPA)
NXX  xxxx.Remain online
    
    Hear prompt For another
listing, press 1End call
    
    No further action required
 B. AC45  local
 1. AC45, no UDA, no ECA, no Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is
routed to DID #
602-458-8893Hear message(s)1. (no funds)2. Call is ended
 2. AC45, UDA, No ECA, no Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID
# 602-458-8893Hear message(s)Cricket Directory
assistance. For English
please stay on the line or
press 1. Para Espanol, oprima
dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and
state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for
listing (may hear we have a
listing for X, would you like
that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your
call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 3. AC45, UDA, ECA, no funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial
555-1212
    
    Verify call is routed to DID
# 602-458-8893Hear message(s)Cricket Directory
assistance. For English
please stay on the line or
press 1. Para Espanol,
oprima dos.Press 1
    
    Hear prompt What city and
state please?Remain silent
    
    Forwarded to Eng speaking
operator...  they conduct
search (asking for city &
state and listing)Respond to agent
with city, state,,
& listing, time &
temperature
    
    Operator thanks you for
calling and sends you to
automation with listing
information.Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your
call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 4. AC45, UDA, ECA, FUNDS
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset(NPA)
555-1212
    
    Verify call is routed to DID
# 602-458-8893Hear message(s)Cricket Directory
assistance. For English
please stay on the line or
press 1. Para Espanol,
oprima dos.Press 2
    
    Routed to Spanish speaking
operator  conducting
search by asking for city,
state, and listingTell operator you
are conducting a
test, (if you are
not fluent in
Spanish, they do
all speak English)
 respond with
city, state and
request Time &
Temperature
    
    Operator thanks you for
calling and sends you to
automation with listing
information.Remain online
    
    Hear Please remain on the
line, your call is being
connected at no additional
charge  (in Spanish)Remain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 5. AC45. no UDA, ECA, Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID
# 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory
assistance. For English
please stay on the line or
press 1. Para Espanol, oprima
dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and
state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for
listing (may hear we have a
listing for X, would you like
that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your
call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number




---



##### 



6. AC45, no UDA, no ECA, Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear the number you have requested is (NPA) NXX-xxxx, again, that number is (NPA) NXX  xxxx.Remain online
    
    Hear prompt For another listing, press 1End call
    
    No further action required
 C. AC40 ROAMING
 1. AC40 roaming, no UDA, no ECA, no Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)1. (no funds)2. Call is ended
 2. AC40 roaming, UDA, No ECA, no Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 3. AC40 roaming, UDA, ECA, no funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 555-1212
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Press 1
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Remain silent
    
    Forwarded to Eng speaking operator...   they conduct search (asking for city & state and listing)Respond to agent with
city, state,, & listing,
time & temperature
    
    Operator thanks you for calling and sends you to automation with listing information.Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 4. AC40 roaming, UDA, ECA, FUNDS
  Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset(NPA) 555-1212
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Press 2
    
    Routed to Spanish speaking operator  conducting search by asking for city, state, and listingTell operator you are
conducting a test, (if
you are not fluent in
Spanish, they do all
speak English)  respond
with city, state and
request Time &
Temperature
    
    Operator thanks you for calling and sends you to automation with listing information.Remain online
    
    Hear Please remain on the line, your call is being connected at no additional charge  (in Spanish)Remain online
    
    Connected to requested number




---



##### 



5. AC40 roaming, no UDA, ECA, Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 6. AC40 roaming, no UDA, no ECA, Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear the number you have requested is (NPA) NXX-xxxx, again, that number is (NPA) NXX  xxxx.Remain online
    
    Hear prompt For another listing, press 1End call
    
    No further action required
 D. AC45 ROAMING
 1. AC45 roaming, no UDA, no ECA, no Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)1. (no funds)2. Call is ended
 2. AC45 roaming, UDA, No ECA, no Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 3. AC45 roaming, UDA, ECA, no funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 555-1212
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Press 1
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Remain silent
    
    Forwarded to Eng speaking operator...   they conduct search (asking for city & state and listing)Respond to agent with
city, state,, & listing,
time & temperature
    
    Operator thanks you for calling and sends you to automation with listing information.Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 4. AC45 roaming, UDA, ECA, FUNDS
  Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset(NPA) 555-1212
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Press 2
    
    Routed to Spanish speaking operator  conducting search by asking for city, state, and listingTell operator you are
conducting a test, (if
you are not fluent in
Spanish, they do all
speak English)  respond
with city, state and
request Time &
Temperature
    
    Operator thanks you for calling and sends you to automation with listing information.Remain online
    
    Hear Please remain on the line, your call is being connected at no additional charge  (in Spanish)Remain online
    
    Connected to requested number




---



##### 



5. AC45 roaming, no UDA, ECA, Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear Please hold while your call is being connectedRemain online
    
    Connected to requested number
 6. AC45 roaming, no UDA, no ECA, Funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear the number you have requested is (NPA) NXX-xxxx, again, that number is (NPA) NXX  xxxx.Remain online
    
    Hear prompt For another listing, press 1End call
    
    No further action required
 E. UDA/DACC Test Cases: OI 6, 11
 1. C35, no ECA, no funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8737Hear message(s)1. (no funds)2. Call is ended
 2. C35, no ECA, funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8737Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear The number is (NPA) NXX-XXXX Once again that number is (NPA) NXX-XXXX. For another listing, press 1Remain online
    
    Call ended
 3. C35, with ECA, funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8737Hear message(s)Cricket Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear The number is (NPA) NXX-XXXX Once again that number is (NPA) NXX-XXXX. For another listing, press 1Remain online
    
    Call ended
 F. UDA/DACC test cases: OI12
 1. JUMP local, no funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8875Hear message(s)1. (no funds)2. Call is ended




---



##### 



2. JUMP local, funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8875Hear message(s)Jump Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear The number is (NPA) NXX-XXXX Once again that number is (NPA) NXX-XXXX. For another listing, press 1Remain online
    
    Call ended
 3. JUMP Roaming with funds
 Time/Date
    
    Action
    
    Desired Results
    
    Pass/Fail
    
    NotesFrom handset, dial 411
    
    Verify call is routed to DID # 602-458-8879Hear message(s)Jump Directory assistance. For English please stay on the line or press 1. Para Espanol, oprima dos.Stay on the line
    
    Hear prompt What city and state please?Say: (city), (state)
    
    Hear prompt requesting listingSay time & temperature
    
    Hear audio response for listing (may hear we have a listing for X, would you like that one?)Remain online
    
    Hear The number is (NPA) NXX-XXXX Once again that number is (NPA) NXX-XXXX. For another listing, press 1Remain online
    
    Call ended
 
 Notes:1.
    
    These test items are UDA test items. Cricket shall develop the ATP test plan and execute all
tests. Huawei provides interface support.2.
    
    If third party fails any test which is not caused by Huawei system, there shall be no impact
on Huawei system acceptance




---



##### 



(HUAWEI LOGO)
    
    (CHINESE CHARECTER)
 In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of the Amended and Restated
System Equipment Purchase Agreement and this exhibit, such conflict or inconsistency
shall be resolved by giving precedence to the Agreement.
 Exhibit V
 CALEA Test
 
 Notes:1.
    
    These test items are CALEA test items. Cricket shall develop the ATP test plan and execute all
tests. Huawei provides interface support.2.
    
    If third party fails any test which is not caused by Huawei system, there shall be no impact
on Huawei system acceptance 2/20/2009
    
    (CHINESE CHARECTER)
    
    (CHINESE CHARECTER)